WO2021027907A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021027907A1
WO2021027907A1 PCT/CN2020/109064 CN2020109064W WO2021027907A1 WO 2021027907 A1 WO2021027907 A1 WO 2021027907A1 CN 2020109064 W CN2020109064 W CN 2020109064W WO 2021027907 A1 WO2021027907 A1 WO 2021027907A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
measurement
measurement configuration
message
terminal device
parameters
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/109064
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
耿婷婷
严乐
张宏平
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021027907A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021027907A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0058Transmission of hand-off measurement information, e.g. measurement reports

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method and communication device.
  • the inactive state is a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) state introduced in the new radio (NR) system.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the access network equipment can configure the terminal equipment to enter the inactive state through signaling.
  • the terminal device that enters the inactive state can disconnect the RRC connection with the access network.
  • the inactive terminal equipment can be measured before accessing the network, for example, when the inactive terminal equipment enters the connection Make a measurement before the state. Since this measurement behavior is a measurement behavior before access to the network, it can be called early measurement.
  • the access network device can configure the measurement parameters for the terminal device before the terminal device enters the inactive state, so that the terminal device can perform early measurement.
  • the terminal equipment in the inactive state may move from one cell (for example, denoted as cell A) to another cell (for example, denoted as cell B).
  • Cell A and cell B may not be the same cell.
  • the access network equipment to which cell B belongs may configure the terminal equipment with new parameters for early measurement. If the terminal device frequently moves between multiple cells, the air interface overhead caused by the early measurement configuration may be very large.
  • the present application provides a communication method and communication device, in order to reduce the signaling overhead caused by the parameter configuration of the early measurement on the air interface.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the communication method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a component (such as a circuit or a chip) in the terminal device, for example. This application does not limit this.
  • the communication method includes: receiving a first message from a source access network device, the first message instructing the terminal device to enter an inactive state.
  • the first message includes a first measurement configuration, the first measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement in an inactive state; according to the first message, enter the inactive state, and perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration;
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the first measurement configuration is a measurement parameter configured for the terminal device when the source access network device configures the terminal device to enter the inactive state.
  • the terminal device may still retain the parameters of the first measurement configuration when it enters the coverage of the target access network device.
  • the target access network device may indicate through the second message whether the terminal device continues to use the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device may perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message, or not perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device can retain the measurement configuration received from the source access network device (for example, the above-mentioned first cell) when moving from one cell (for example, the source cell) to another cell (for example, the target cell).
  • One measurement configuration may indicate whether the terminal device can continue to use some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the target access network device may not need to use additional air interface overhead to send the measurement parameters to the terminal device, but only need to pass a few instructions Bit to instruct the terminal device to continue measuring based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the target access network device can also send additional measurement parameters to the terminal device, instead of sending all configuration parameters to the terminal device.
  • the air interface overhead caused by configuration can also be reduced. In this way, the access network device does not need to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device every time the terminal device is configured to enter the inactive or idle state, which can save air interface overhead caused by frequent measurement configuration.
  • the target access network device may explicitly or implicitly indicate through the second message whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message may include one or more of the following: 1) an indication for indicating whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration; 2) the second measurement configuration; 3) the third measurement Configuration; and 4) information used to indicate whether to restart the timer or whether to continue to run the timer.
  • the second message may, for example, indicate whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration through one or more of the foregoing information. It should be understood that the four items of information listed above can be understood as information related to the measurement configuration in the second message.
  • the second message may also include information related to other measurement configurations and/or information used for other functions. This application does not limit this.
  • the second message includes information for indicating whether to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message instructs the terminal device to perform measurement based on or not based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration through an explicit indication.
  • the second message includes information for instructing to restart the timer or continue to run the timer; the timer is started based on the first measurement configuration, and the timing The operating time of the detector is the effective time of measurement included in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message includes information for indicating whether to restart or continue to run the timer, which can be used to implicitly indicate whether the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the information indicates to restart or continue to run the timer, that is, to continue to use the timer, which is equivalent to implicitly instructing the terminal device to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration;
  • the information indicates not to restart or not Continue to run the timer, that is, indicate not to use the timer, which is equivalent to implicitly instructing the terminal device not to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device can directly determine whether to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration according to the information. That is, the second access network device may no longer use additional indication information to indicate whether to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, thereby saving air interface overhead.
  • the former may be prioritized to determine whether The measurement is performed based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and it is determined whether to continue to use the measurement effective time in the first measurement configuration based on the latter.
  • the method further includes: restarting the timer or continuing to run the timer according to the second message, and after the running time of the timer is reached, determining to stop the measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device may restart the timer according to the second message; or, in the case where the second message indicates to continue to run the timer, the terminal device may restart the timer according to the first message.
  • the second message continues to run the timer. After the running time of the timer is reached, the first measurement configuration no longer takes effect.
  • the terminal device can stop measuring based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message includes a second measurement configuration
  • the second measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement
  • the second message includes the second measurement configuration, it can be used to implicitly indicate that the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration. Therefore, the second message includes the second measurement configuration, which can be used to implicitly indicate that the terminal device does not perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device can not only obtain the second measurement configuration parameter, but also learn that it will no longer perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration. That is, the second access network device may no longer use additional indication information to indicate whether to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, thereby saving air interface overhead.
  • the method further includes: performing measurement according to the second message and based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device After receiving the second measurement configuration, the terminal device can continue to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, and after completing the measurement based on the first measurement configuration, perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration; or stop The measurement based on the first measurement configuration is directly based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration.
  • the behavior of the terminal device belongs to the internal implementation of the device, and can be determined by the terminal device itself, or it can be pre-defined by the protocol. This application does not limit this.
  • the second message includes a third measurement configuration
  • the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement.
  • the third measurement configuration can be used for the terminal device to perform delta configuration.
  • the third measurement configuration may include additional parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement.
  • the terminal device can perform delta configuration according to the first measurement configuration and the third measurement configuration received in advance, so that a more comprehensive measurement can be performed.
  • the third measurement configuration only needs to include additional parameters, and the parameters originally reserved for the terminal device do not need to be repeatedly sent, compared to a complete measurement configuration, air interface overhead can be saved.
  • the access network device for example, the source access network device or the target access network device
  • the access network device can make reasonable judgments according to requirements. If necessary, send the newly configured parameters to the terminal device. In unnecessary cases, the measurement configuration is not sent to avoid unnecessary air interface overhead. This can greatly reduce the cost of configuring parameters for the terminal device. At the same time, the measurement effect is taken into account, which is beneficial to obtain a higher compromise efficiency between the cost and the measurement effect.
  • the second message When the second message includes the third measurement configuration, it can be used to implicitly instruct the terminal device to perform delta configuration based on some or all of the parameters in the third measurement configuration and the first measurement configuration. That is, the second access network device may no longer use additional indication information to indicate whether to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, thereby saving air interface overhead.
  • the method further includes: performing measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device performs delta configuration based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration, if the configuration of a certain parameter conflicts, for example, both the first measurement configuration and the third measurement configuration include measurement Effective time, and the two values are different, the terminal device should preferentially use the parameters in the third measurement configuration. Therefore, the parameters obtained after delta configuration may include some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and all the parameters in the third measurement configuration.
  • the second message is a message used to release the RRC connection.
  • the second message is an RRC release (RRC release) message, or an RRC connection release (RRC connection release) message.
  • RRC release RRC release
  • RRC connection release RRC connection release
  • the second access network device configures the terminal device to enter the inactive state or the idle state, it also instructs the terminal device based on which parameters to measure.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the communication method may be executed by, for example, a target access network device, or may also be executed by a component (such as a circuit or a chip) in the target access network device. This application does not limit this.
  • the method includes: acquiring a second message for determining whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration is the source access network device indication
  • the terminal device is configured to the terminal device when it enters the inactive state, and the first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in the inactive state; the second message is sent to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message.
  • the first measurement configuration refer to the related description in the first aspect. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the terminal device can retain the measurement configuration received from the source access network device (for example, the above-mentioned first cell) when moving from one cell (for example, the source cell) to another cell (for example, the target cell).
  • One measurement configuration may indicate whether the terminal device can continue to use some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the target access network device may not need to use additional air interface overhead to send the measurement parameters to the terminal device, but only need to pass a few instructions Bit to instruct the terminal device to continue measuring based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the target access network device can also send additional measurement parameters to the terminal device, instead of sending all configuration parameters to the terminal device.
  • the air interface overhead caused by configuration can also be reduced. In this way, the access network device does not need to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device every time the terminal device is configured to enter the inactive or idle state, which can save air interface overhead caused by frequent measurement configuration.
  • the aforementioned second message may be generated by the target access network device itself, or may be received by the target access network device from the source access network device. This application does not limit this.
  • the acquiring the second message includes: generating the second message based on the context of the terminal device received from the source access network device.
  • the target access network device can obtain the context of the terminal device from the source access network device.
  • the target access network device becomes the new source access network device of the terminal device.
  • the new source access network device of the terminal device (that is, the above-mentioned target access network device) can determine by itself whether the terminal device needs to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and therefore can generate the second message by itself.
  • the method further includes: receiving time information from the source access network device, where the time information is used to determine the duration for the terminal device to continue measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the old source access network device of the terminal device can further send time information to the new source access network device (that is, the above-mentioned target access network device) to instruct the terminal device based on
  • the first measurement configuration continues to measure the length of time.
  • the time period during which the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration is the remaining time period during which the first measurement configuration takes effect. In other words, when the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration for zero duration, the first measurement configuration is correspondingly invalid. Once the first measurement configuration becomes invalid, the terminal device and the access network device that saved the first measurement configuration can delete the first measurement configuration respectively.
  • the target access network device that has acquired the first measurement configuration may delete the first measurement configuration after the first measurement configuration becomes invalid.
  • the terminal device may also delete the first measurement configuration after the first measurement configuration becomes invalid.
  • the target access network device is the new source access network device, it is no longer necessary to send the first measurement configuration to the new target access network device, thereby avoiding unnecessary overhead.
  • the time information specifically indicates one or more of the following: the moment when the source access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device; the remaining time determined by the source access network device based on the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration Duration; and the elapsed duration of the measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the time information is carried in the context of the terminal device.
  • the source access network device can carry the time information in the context of the terminal device and send it to the target access network device.
  • the above-mentioned time information can be considered as part of the information in the context of the terminal device.
  • the source access network device may also send the time information to the terminal device through other existing or newly added signaling. This application does not limit this.
  • the context of the terminal device also includes at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the source access network device may also send some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration to the target access network device .
  • the reason why some parameters in the first measurement configuration can be sent to the target access network device is because some parameters may be indicated in other information. For example, the above time information. If the source access network device indicates the duration for the terminal device to continue measuring based on the first measurement configuration through the time information, the source access network device does not need to send the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration to the target access network device. It should be understood that this is only an example for ease of understanding, and should not constitute any limitation to the application.
  • the source access network device may also send all the parameters in the first measurement configuration to the target access network device.
  • some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration may also be sent to the target access network device as a part of the context of the terminal device.
  • the acquiring the second message includes: receiving a context acquisition failure message from the source access network device, where the context acquisition failure message carries the second message, The context acquisition failure message is used to indicate that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails.
  • the target access network device failed to successfully obtain the context of the terminal device.
  • the target access network device fails to become the new source access network device of the terminal device. That is, the source access network device of the terminal device has not changed.
  • the source access network device may generate a second message, carry the second message in a context acquisition failure message, and send it to the target access network device.
  • the target access network device can determine that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails, and directly forward the second message in the context acquisition failure message to the terminal device.
  • the context acquisition failure message further includes a second measurement configuration or a third measurement configuration
  • the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement
  • the third measurement configuration includes additional The parameters measured by the terminal equipment.
  • the source access network device can also forward it to the terminal device through the target access network device.
  • the new parameter used for measurement may be the second measurement configuration, which can be used to replace the first measurement configuration, or the third measurement configuration, which can be used for delta configuration with the first measurement configuration. This application does not limit this.
  • the second measurement configuration or the third measurement configuration may be carried in a second message, and the context acquisition failure message may send the second message to the target access network device to pass the target access The network access device forwards the second message to the terminal device.
  • the access network device (for example, the source access network device or the target access network device) can make reasonable judgments according to requirements. If necessary, send the newly configured parameters to the terminal device. In unnecessary cases, the measurement configuration is not sent to avoid unnecessary air interface overhead. This can greatly reduce the cost of configuring parameters for the terminal device. At the same time, the measurement effect is taken into account, which is beneficial to obtain a higher compromise efficiency between the cost and the measurement effect.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the communication method may be executed by, for example, a source access network device, or may also be executed by a component (such as a circuit or a chip) in the source access network device. This application does not limit this.
  • the method may include: generating time information, the time information being used to determine the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on a first measurement configuration that is configured to the terminal device when the terminal device is instructed to enter an inactive state , And the first measurement configuration includes parameters used for the terminal device to perform measurement in the inactive state; sending the time information to the target access network device.
  • the source access network device can generate time information and send the time information to the target access network device. Therefore, the target access network device can determine, according to the time information, the length of time for the terminal device to continue the measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the time information specifically indicates one or more of the following: the moment when the source access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device; the remaining time determined by the source access network device based on the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration Duration; and the elapsed duration of the measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the time information is carried in the context of the terminal device.
  • the foregoing sending time information to the target access network device includes: sending the context of the terminal device to the target access network device, and the context of the terminal device includes the time information.
  • the source access network device can send the context of the terminal device to the target access network device. Therefore, the target access network device can be referred to as the new source access network device of the terminal device.
  • the old source access network device (that is, the aforementioned source access network device) can send time information to the new source access network device (that is, the aforementioned target access network device) to facilitate the new source
  • the access network device determines the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the time period during which the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration is the remaining time period during which the first measurement configuration takes effect. In other words, when the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration for zero duration, the first measurement configuration is correspondingly invalid.
  • the terminal device and the access network device that saved the first measurement configuration can delete the first measurement configuration respectively. For example, acquiring the first measurement configuration in the target access network device may delete the first measurement configuration after the first measurement configuration becomes invalid. Correspondingly, the terminal device may also delete the first measurement configuration after the first measurement configuration becomes invalid. As the target access network device is the new source access network device, it is no longer necessary to send the first measurement configuration to the new target access network device, thereby avoiding unnecessary overhead.
  • the context of the terminal device also includes at least part of the parameters of the first measurement configuration.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the communication method may be executed by, for example, a source access network device, or may also be executed by a component (such as a circuit or a chip) in the source access network device. This application does not limit this.
  • the method may include: generating a second message for determining whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration is to instruct the terminal device to enter the inactive state.
  • the first measurement configuration includes parameters used for the terminal device to perform measurement in an inactive state; the second message is sent to the terminal device through the target access network device.
  • the second message may be generated by the source access network device.
  • the source access network device may forward the second message to the terminal device through the target access network device.
  • the source access network device is still the source access network device of the terminal device.
  • sending the second message to the terminal device through the target access network device includes:
  • the context acquisition failure message includes the second message, the context acquisition failure message is used to indicate that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails, and the second message is sent to the terminal The message of the device.
  • the source access network device does not send the context of the terminal device to the target access network device.
  • the source access network device is still the source access network device of the terminal device, and it may be determined whether the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the source access network device may carry the second message through the context acquisition failure message.
  • the target access network device is notified that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails, and on the other hand, the second message is sent to the terminal device through the target access network device.
  • the context acquisition failure message further includes a second measurement configuration or a third measurement configuration
  • the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement
  • the third measurement configuration includes additional measurements for the terminal device The parameter to be measured.
  • the source access network equipment can make reasonable judgments according to requirements. If necessary, send the newly configured parameters to the terminal device. In unnecessary cases, the measurement configuration is not sent to avoid unnecessary air interface overhead. This can greatly reduce the cost of configuring parameters for the terminal device. At the same time, the measurement effect is taken into account, which is beneficial to obtain a higher compromise efficiency between the cost and the measurement effect.
  • the second message includes information for indicating whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message includes information for instructing restarting the timer or continuing to run the timer; the timer is started based on the first measurement configuration, and the The running duration of the timer is the effective duration of the measurement included in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message includes a second measurement configuration
  • the second measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement
  • the second message includes a third measurement configuration
  • the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters used for measurement by the terminal device.
  • the second message is a message used to release a radio resource control RRC connection.
  • the second message is an RRC release (RRC release) message, or an RRC connection release (RRC connection release) message.
  • the target access network device may explicitly or implicitly indicate through the second message whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the target access network device may explicitly or implicitly indicate through the second message whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • a communication device including various modules or units for executing the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • a communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a communication device including various modules or units for executing the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • a communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
  • the communication device is an access network device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip configured in an access network device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a communication device which includes various modules or units for executing the method in any one of the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • a communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the foregoing third aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
  • the communication device is an access network device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip configured in an access network device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • a processor including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect to the fourth aspect.
  • the foregoing processor may be a chip
  • the input circuit may be an input pin
  • the output circuit may be an output pin
  • the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver
  • the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by the transmitter
  • the circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
  • a device including a processor and a memory.
  • the processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a receiver, and transmit signals through a transmitter, so as to execute the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect to the fourth aspect.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
  • the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read only memory (ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of memory and the setting mode of the memory and the processor.
  • ROM read only memory
  • sending instruction information may be a process of outputting instruction information from the processor
  • receiving capability information may be a process of the processor receiving input capability information.
  • the processed output data may be output to the transmitter, and the input data received by the processor may come from the receiver.
  • the transmitter and receiver can be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
  • the device in the above-mentioned twelfth aspect may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software At this time, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory.
  • the memory may be integrated in the processor, may be located outside the processor, and exist independently.
  • a computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute the first aspect to The method in any possible implementation manner in the fourth aspect.
  • a computer program also called code, or instruction
  • a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also called code, or instruction) when it runs on a computer, so that the computer executes the first aspect to The method in any possible implementation manner in the fourth aspect.
  • a computer program also called code, or instruction
  • a communication system including the aforementioned access network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for the method provided by the embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • Future 5th Generation (5G) System or New Wireless (new radio, NR) vehicle-to-X
  • V2X vehicle-to-X
  • V2X can include vehicle-to-network (V2N), vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), and vehicle-to-infrastructure ( vehicle to infrastructure (V2I), vehicle to pedestrian (V2P), etc.
  • Long Term Evolution-Vehicle (LTE-V) for workshop communication, Internet of Vehicles, machine type communication (MTC), Internet of Things (IoT), Long Term Evolution-Machine (LTE-M), Machine to Machine (M2M), etc.
  • MTC machine type communication
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • LTE-M Long Term Evolution-Machine
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • an access network (radio access network, RAN) device may be any device with a wireless transceiver function.
  • This equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC) , Base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved Node B, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system
  • AP access point
  • wireless relay node wireless backhaul node
  • transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc. can also be 5G (such as NR).
  • the gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP) in the system or one or a group of antenna panels (including multiple antenna panels) of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or transmission point, Such as baseband unit (BBU), or distributed unit (DU), etc.
  • BBU baseband unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • CU implements some functions of gNB
  • DU implements some functions of gNB.
  • CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) The function of the layer.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing the physical layer protocol and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, medium access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC medium access control
  • PHY physical
  • the access network device may be a device including one or more of the CU node, the DU node, and the AAU node.
  • the CU may be divided into an access network device or a core network (core network, CN) device, which is not limited in this application.
  • core network core network, CN
  • the CU is divided into access network equipment.
  • the access network equipment provides services for the cell, and the terminal equipment communicates with the cell through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) allocated by the access network equipment.
  • the cell may belong to a macro base station (for example, a macro eNB or a macro gNB, etc.), and may also belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell (small cell).
  • the small cells here may include: metro cells, micro cells, pico cells, femto cells, and so on. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-rate data transmission services.
  • terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, Terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in unmanned driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety ( Wireless terminal in transportation safety), wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home (smart home), cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, wireless local Loop (wireless local loop, WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable
  • wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are the general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories.
  • Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and interconnection of things.
  • This application does not limit the specific form of the terminal device.
  • Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for the communication method and communication device of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 may include at least two access network devices, such as the access network device 110 and the access network device 120 shown in FIG. 1; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, For example, the terminal device 130 shown in FIG. 1. Wherein, the terminal device 130 may be mobile or fixed.
  • Both the access network device 110 and the access network device 120 are devices that can communicate with the terminal device 130 via a wireless link, such as a base station or a base station controller.
  • Each access network device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area, and can communicate with terminal devices located in the coverage area (cell).
  • Fig. 1 exemplarily shows two access network devices and one terminal device, but this should not constitute any limitation to this application.
  • the communication system 100 may include more access network devices, and the coverage of each access network device may include other numbers of terminal devices.
  • the communication system 100 may also include one or more core network devices. The embodiments of this application do not limit this.
  • Each of the aforementioned communication devices may be configured with multiple antennas.
  • the plurality of antennas may include at least one transmitting antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals.
  • each communication device additionally includes a transmitter chain and a receiver chain.
  • Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that they can all include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (such as processors, modulators, multiplexers). , Demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.). Therefore, multi-antenna technology can be used to communicate between the access network device and the terminal device.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may also include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the RRC idle state it can also be referred to as the idle state for short. It is a state of terminal equipment, which is defined in the NR and LTE protocols. There is no RRC connection between the terminal device in the idle state and the access network device, so that the effect of power saving can be achieved. However, the terminal device does not save the context (for example, UE context) in the access network device, that is, the access network device does not know whether the terminal device exists.
  • the terminal device has been assigned a unique identifier in the tracking area (TA) where it is located.
  • the terminal device has been registered in the core network and has a context in the core network. However, there is no non-access stratum (NAS) signaling connection between the terminal equipment and the core network equipment.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • RRC inactive state another state of terminal equipment, which is defined in the NR protocol.
  • the deactivated state can also be called the RRC deactivated state, the RRC deactivated state, or simply the deactivated state, the deactivated state, etc.
  • the RRC connection is disconnected between the terminal device in the inactive state and the access network device. The difference is that the access network device can save the context of the terminal device in the inactive state (for example, UE context).
  • the access network device can configure the terminal device to enter the inactive state through the RRC message.
  • the access network device may configure the terminal device to enter the inactive state through the RRC message used to release the RRC connection.
  • the foregoing message for releasing the RRC connection may be, for example, an RRC release (RRC release) message.
  • the RRC release message may indicate that the terminal device enters an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the RRC release message may include an information element (IE) to indicate whether the terminal device enters an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the cell may be "suspendconfig". When the RRC release message contains this cell, it indicates that the terminal device enters the inactive state; when the RRC release message does not contain the cell, it indicates the terminal device enters the idle state.
  • the RRC message used to configure the terminal device to enter the light connection state may be, for example, an RRC connection release (RRC connection release) message.
  • the states of the terminal devices with the above characteristics are collectively referred to as the inactive state to distinguish them from the RRC idle state and the RRC connected state.
  • the access network device may send a measurement configuration to the terminal device, and the measurement configuration may include one or more parameters for measurement.
  • the terminal device can measure and save the measurement results according to the parameters in the early measurement configuration.
  • the measurement configuration may be referred to as an early measurement configuration (EMC).
  • EMC early measurement configuration
  • the early measurement in the NR protocol can also be embodied as inactive measurement configuration (measInactiveConfig) or idle measurement configuration (measIdleConfig).
  • the access network device may configure parameters for measurement in the cell measInactiveConfig or measIdleConfig, for example.
  • early measurement and early measurement configuration are named for distinguishing the measurement and measurement configuration of the terminal equipment in the RRC connection state. Since this application does not involve the measurement and measurement configuration of the terminal device in the RRC connected state, there is no need to distinguish it from the measurement and measurement configuration in the RRC connected state through early measurement and early measurement configuration.
  • the measurement involved in the following is the aforementioned early measurement, and the measurement configuration is the aforementioned early measurement configuration.
  • the measurement configuration may include measurement targets.
  • the measurement target may be indicated in the form of frequency point and/or cell identification, for example.
  • the cell identifier may include at least one of a cell global identifier (CGI), a physical cell identifier (PCI), and a cell identifier (cell identifier).
  • CGI cell global identifier
  • PCI physical cell identifier
  • cell identifier cell identifier
  • the measurement target may include only frequency points to indicate that a certain frequency point is measured; the measurement target may also include frequency points and cell identifiers, and the frequency points and cell identifiers (such as PCI) may be used to indicate the frequency point. Tap a certain cell to measure.
  • the cell identifier is a CGI, a cell can be uniquely determined, and the measurement target can also include only the cell identifier to indicate the measurement of a certain cell.
  • the measurement configuration may include the synchronization signal/physical broadcasting channel block (SS/PBCH block) corresponding to the measurement target and measurement time configuration (SS/PBCH block measurement timing configuration, SMTC).
  • SS/PBCH block synchronization signal/physical broadcasting channel block
  • SMTC measurement time configuration
  • the SMTC may be Including one or more of the period, length, and offset for the terminal device to receive the SS/PBCH block. Therefore, the terminal device can receive the SS/PBCH block according to the SMTC.
  • the SS/PBCH block can sometimes be called synchronization Signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB).
  • the measurement configuration may include measurement valid time, for example.
  • the measurement valid time can be used to indicate the length of time the terminal device needs to perform the measurement.
  • the terminal device may start a timer, and the running time of the timer may be the effective time of the measurement.
  • the terminal device can stop performing measurements based on the parameters in the measurement configuration.
  • the measurement configuration may further include a measurement effective area, for example.
  • the effective measurement area may be shown in the form of cell identification and/or area identification, for example.
  • the cell identity may be CGI, for example.
  • the area identification may be, for example, a tracking area code (TAC) and/or a radio access network area code (RAN area code, RANAC).
  • TAC tracking area code
  • RAN area code radio access network area code
  • the terminal device can obtain the effective measurement time and effective area of the measurement.
  • the timer is running, if the terminal device moves outside the effective measurement area, the terminal device can stop the timer and stop the measurement based on the parameters in the measurement configuration.
  • the measurement configuration may include one or more parameters of the measurement effective time, the measurement target, the SMTC corresponding to the measurement target, and the measurement effective area, and may also include other more parameters. For the sake of brevity, they are not listed here.
  • the above measurement configuration is a general reference.
  • the parameters included in the foregoing measurement configuration may refer to the parameters included in the same measurement configuration, or may refer to the parameters included in different measurement configurations. That is, the specific parameters of the foregoing measurement configuration may be indicated in the same measurement configuration, or may be indicated in different measurement configurations, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the measurement target may be indicated in the measurement configuration carried in the system message
  • the measurement effective time may be indicated in the measurement configuration carried in the RRC message (eg, RRC release message or RRC connection release message).
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the measurement configuration in the RRC message and the measurement configuration in the system message, it may preferentially use the measurement configuration in the RRC message. Compared with system messages, this RRC message can be referred to as dedicated signaling for sending measurement configuration. In other words, the terminal device can preferentially use the parameters used for measurement acquired from the RRC message.
  • the parameter configured in the RRC message is missing, for example, the RRC message does not contain a parameter used for measurement (such as a measurement target), that is, the dedicated signaling is not configured with a measurement target, and the terminal device can send a message from the system Obtain the missing parameter, such as the above measurement target.
  • the terminal device can obtain the measurement result of the measurement target.
  • the terminal device initiates an access request from the idle or inactive state, such as sending RRC setup request (RRC setup request), RRC resume (RRC resume request), RRC connection setup request (RRC connection setup request), RRC connection recovery (RRC connection)
  • RRC setup request RRC setup request
  • RRC resume request RRC resume request
  • RRC connection setup request RRC connection setup request
  • RRC connection recovery RRC connection
  • the measurement result can be reported.
  • the terminal device receives an RRC setup (RRC setup) message, an RRC resume (RRC resume) message, an RRC connection setup (RRC connection setup) message, or an RRC connection from the access network device. After any one of the (RRC connection resume) messages, etc., the measurement result is reported.
  • the measurement result may include, for example, a cell identity and/or frequency point. Further, the measurement result may include the signal quality of the cell.
  • the measurement result may also include a beam identifier, such as an SSB index (index), or the beam identifier and the signal quality corresponding to the beam.
  • the signal quality may include, for example, received signal code power (RSCP), reference signal receiving power (RSRP), reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ), and signal-to-noise ratio (RSRP). At least one of signal noise ratio (SNR), signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), reference signal strength indication (RSSI), or other signal quality.
  • the signal quality may be, for example, cell level, beam level, SS/PBCH block level, parameter set (numerology) level, slicing level, or bandwidth part (BWP) level.
  • the signal quality can be measured, for example, by measuring channel-state information (CSI) reference signal (CSI-RS), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), and cell-specific reference signal (cell-specific reference signal, CRS).
  • CSI-RS channel-state information
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • CRS cell-specific reference signal
  • Source access network equipment and target access network equipment may also be called an anchor access network equipment, such as a source base station, an anchor base station, etc.
  • the source access network device can be understood as an access network device that stores the context of the terminal device, and/or an access network device that configures the terminal device to enter an inactive state.
  • the source access network device can also configure parameters for measurement for the terminal device, that is, the parameters in the early measurement configuration described above.
  • the target access network device may also be called a new access network device, such as a target base station, a new base station, and so on.
  • the next time the terminal device initiates a service request to the network it may be located within the coverage of the target access network device.
  • the terminal device can initiate a service request to the target access network device.
  • the target access network device may request the source access network device to obtain the context of the terminal device. If the target access network device obtains the context of the terminal device from the source access network device, the target access network device becomes the new source access network device; if the target access network device does not obtain the context from the source access network device The context of the terminal device.
  • the target access network device can forward the source access network The signaling of the device is to the terminal device.
  • the source access network device of the terminal device has not changed.
  • the source access network device can configure the terminal device to enter the inactive state or the idle state through the above-mentioned signaling, and can also configure the terminal device with new measurement parameters through the above-mentioned signaling.
  • the source access network device and the target access network device are described below with reference to the system shown in FIG. 1 as an example.
  • the access network device 110 is originally the source access network device of the terminal device 130.
  • the access network device 120 becomes the target access network device of the terminal device 130.
  • the access network device 120 may request the access network device 110 to obtain the context of the terminal device 130.
  • the access network device 120 obtains the context of the terminal device 130, the access network device 120 becomes the new source access network device of the terminal device 130; if the access network device 120 does not obtain the terminal device 130's context Context, the access network device 110 is still the source access network device of the terminal device 130.
  • the source access network device and the target access network device may be different access network devices.
  • the source access network device and the target access network device are different base stations, such as the NB, eNB, gNB, TRP, etc. described above.
  • gNB may include CU and DU.
  • the source access network device and the target access network device are different access network devices, which may specifically refer to that the source access network device and the target access network device are different CUs.
  • both the source access network device and the target access network device are relative to the terminal device, and any one of the access network devices can be used as the source access network device or the target access network device of the terminal device.
  • an access network device can serve as the source access network device of one terminal device, and can also serve as the target access network device of another terminal device at the same time. This application does not limit this.
  • the terminal device When the target access network device becomes the new source access network device, the terminal device may be configured with a new configuration for measurement. Due to the high mobility of the terminal equipment, the terminal equipment may move between multiple cells. This configuration may occur frequently, which brings a large signaling overhead.
  • this application provides a communication method to reduce the signaling overhead caused by the measurement configuration.
  • the first measurement configuration, the second measurement configuration, and the third measurement configuration described in the embodiments of the present application all refer to the measurement configuration sent by the access network device through dedicated signaling.
  • measurement configuration sent through RRC messages such as RRC release messages or RRC connection release messages, etc.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is in the coverage area of a certain access network device, for example, when it is in a cell under a certain access network device, the parameters used for measurement can be obtained through system messages. However, it should be noted that the priority of parameters configured through dedicated signaling is higher than that of parameters configured through system messages. When a parameter X for measurement is not configured in the dedicated signaling, the terminal device can use the corresponding parameter X in the system message to perform measurement.
  • used to indicate may include used for direct indication and used for indirect indication, and may also include explicit indication and implicit indication.
  • the information indicated by a certain piece of information is called information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated or the information to be indicated. Index of the information to be indicated, etc.
  • the information to be indicated can also be indicated indirectly by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, and other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, it is also possible to use a pre-arranged (for example, protocol stipulation) whether there is a certain cell to indicate the information to be indicated, thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
  • protocol stipulation for example, protocol stipulation
  • the first, second, and various numerical numbers are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguish different measurement configurations, different fields, and so on.
  • pre-defined or “pre-configured” can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment and access network equipment).
  • saving may refer to saving in one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories may be provided separately, or integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the one or more memories may also be partly provided separately, and partly integrated in the decoder, processor, or communication device.
  • the type of the memory may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
  • the “protocols” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to standard protocols in the communication field, for example, may include LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, which are not limited in this application.
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • And/or describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, both A and B exist, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects are in an “or” relationship.
  • "The following at least one item (a)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or plural items (a).
  • At least one of a, b, and c can mean: a, or, b, or, c, or, a and b, or, a and c, or, b and c, or, a , B, and c.
  • a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
  • the following is only for ease of understanding and description, and the interaction between the terminal device, the first access network device, and the second access network device is taken as an example to describe in detail the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • this should not constitute any limitation on the execution subject of the method provided in this application.
  • the execution subject for executing the method provided in the embodiment of the present application only needs to be able to communicate in accordance with the method provided in the embodiment of the present application by running a program that records the code of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or an access network device, or it may be a functional module in the terminal device or the access network device that can call and execute the program, for example, configured for Components of terminal equipment (such as chips or circuits), components (such as chips or circuits) configured to access network equipment, etc.
  • the terminal device and/or the access network device can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiment of the application. These steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the application can also perform other operations or Variations of various operations. In addition, each step may be executed in a different order presented in the embodiment of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all the operations in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 200 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2, the method 200 may include step 201 to step 215. The steps in the method 200 are described in detail below.
  • step 201 the first access network device sends a first message, the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the inactive state, and the first message includes the first measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device receives the first message in step 201.
  • the source access network device of the terminal device is recorded as the first access network device.
  • the measurement parameters configured by the first access network device for the terminal device are recorded as the first measurement configuration.
  • the first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in the inactive state.
  • the first message may be a message for releasing the RRC connection.
  • the RRC message may be, for example, an RRC release (RRC release) message.
  • the RRC message may be, for example, an RRC connection release (RRC connection release) message.
  • the first message may also be other messages that can be used to instruct the terminal device to enter the inactive state. This application does not limit this.
  • step 202 the terminal device enters the inactive state according to the first message, and performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, which may include: the terminal device performs measurement only based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, or the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the measurement configuration carried in the system message Measure the parameters in.
  • the terminal device can obtain information from the system information of the cell covered by the first access network device. Get missing parameters in.
  • the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, which may specifically include: the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the measurement configuration carried in the system message.
  • the parameters in the first measurement configuration configured by the first access network device for the terminal device are not missing, and the terminal device may no longer obtain other parameters from the system message. In this case, the terminal device may only perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device may suspend the RRC connection with the first access network device and enter the inactive state.
  • the terminal device that enters the inactive state can perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the first measurement configuration includes the measurement effective time
  • the terminal device may start a timer after receiving the first message
  • the running time of the timer may be the measurement effective time.
  • the terminal device may enter the inactive state after receiving the first message.
  • the terminal device entering the inactive state can start the timer based on the first measurement configuration; or the terminal device can also start the timer based on the first measurement configuration while entering the inactive state; or, the terminal device can also start the timer based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the first measurement configuration starts the timer and then enters the inactive state. This application does not limit this.
  • the terminal device within the running time of the timer, if the terminal device moves out of the effective measurement area, the terminal device no longer performs the measurement. At the same time, the terminal device can pause the timer or continue to run the timer. This application does not limit this.
  • the terminal device can restart the timer or continue to run the timer, which is not limited by the application. After the terminal device restarts or continues to run the timer, it can continue to measure according to the parameters of the first measurement configuration. It can be understood that if the terminal device restarts the timer, the running time of the timer can be the measurement valid time in the first measurement configuration; if the terminal device continues to run the timer, the running time of the timer can be the remaining measurement valid time.
  • the terminal device can continue to perform measurement.
  • the terminal device may also start a timer to record the duration of measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. Alternatively, the terminal device may not start the timer. This application does not limit this.
  • the terminal device may move within the coverage area of another access network device.
  • the other access network device is recorded as the second access network device.
  • the second access network device is the target access network device of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may perform step 203 to send a request for restoring the RRC connection to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives a request for restoring the RRC connection in step 203.
  • the request for resuming the RRC connection may be, for example, an RRC resume request (RRC resume request).
  • RRC resume request the request for restoring the RRC connection
  • RRC connection resume request the request for restoring the RRC connection resume request.
  • the second access network device sends a second message, which is used to instruct the terminal device to enter an inactive state or an idle state.
  • the terminal device receives the second message, and in step 205, enters the inactive state or the idle state according to the second message.
  • the second message may be a message sent by the second access network device to the terminal device in response to the request for restoring the RRC connection sent by the terminal device; or after the terminal device enters the RRC connection state, the second The access network device configures the terminal device to enter the inactive state or idle state and sends a message to the terminal device.
  • This application is not limited.
  • the second access network device may configure the terminal device to enter the RRC connection state. For example, the second access network device may send a message for responding to the RRC recovery request to the terminal device. Thus, the terminal device can enter the RRC connected state and communicate with the second access network device.
  • the second access network device can configure the terminal device to enter an idle state or an inactive state through the second message.
  • the second access network device may also configure the terminal device to remain in an inactive state or enter an idle state.
  • the second access network device may generate a second message after acquiring the context of the terminal device, and send the second message to the terminal device.
  • the second access network device may receive the second message sent by the first access network device, and forward the second message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device remains in the inactive state or enters the idle state. Therefore, step 205 can also be replaced by keeping in an inactive state or an idle state according to the second message. This application does not limit this.
  • the second message may be a message for releasing the RRC connection.
  • the second message may be an RRC release message.
  • the second message may be, for example, an RRC connection release message.
  • the second message may also be an RRC resume (RRC resume) message in NR or an RRC connection resume (RRC connection resume) message in LTE.
  • RRC resume RRC resume
  • RRC connection resume RRC connection resume
  • the second message may also be another message that can be used to instruct the terminal device to enter the inactive state or the idle state. This application does not limit this.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to enter the inactive state or the idle state according to the fields in the second message.
  • the specific process for the terminal device to enter the inactive state or the idle state according to the second message can refer to the prior art, and an example of how to determine whether to enter the inactive state or the idle state has been described above. For the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here. .
  • step 206 the terminal device determines, according to the second message, whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message can be used for the terminal device to determine whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, or in other words, the second message can be used for the terminal device to determine whether the measurement is based on the first measurement configuration. At least part of the parameters in the measurement configuration are determined for measurement. In other words, even if the terminal device enters the coverage area of the second access network device, the terminal device may still continue to perform measurement based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. This depends on the indication of the second message.
  • the terminal device can execute one or more of the following lists:
  • the terminal device performs a) and determines to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. It can be understood that the second access network device does not send a dedicated measurement configuration. It should be noted that the determination of the terminal device to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration does not mean that the terminal device continues measurement based only on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. As mentioned above, when the parameters in the first measurement configuration are missing, the terminal device may further perform measurement in combination with the parameters in the measurement configuration carried in the system message sent by the second access network device.
  • the terminal device can determine to perform measurement based on all parameters in the first measurement configuration, or the terminal device can also determine that all parameters based on the first measurement configuration are sent by the second access network device. Measure the parameters in the measurement configuration in the system message.
  • the terminal device executes b) and determines to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration. It can be considered that the terminal device obtains the third measurement configuration sent by the second access network device from the second message .
  • the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration. Specifically, it may mean that the terminal device performs delta configuration based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration. , And can be measured based on the parameters obtained after delta configuration.
  • the parameters obtained after performing the delta configuration may include some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. This application does not limit this.
  • performing delta configuration based on the parameters in the two measurement configurations can be understood as taking the union of the parameters in the two configurations.
  • the parameters in the first measurement configuration are represented as set 1
  • the parameters in the third measurement configuration are represented as set 2.
  • the delta configuration is performed based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration
  • the delta configuration is performed based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration
  • the delta configuration are at least part of the parameters in set 1 and all the parameters in set 2.
  • the parameters obtained by the delta configuration may be at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and all the parameters in the third measurement configuration.
  • the parameters obtained by delta configuration are at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and all the parameters in the third measurement configuration is because the parameters in the two configurations (ie, the first measurement configuration and the third measurement configuration) conflict
  • the parameters in the third measurement configuration shall prevail.
  • the terminal device executes
  • the parameter obtained by the delta configuration is that the period of the SS/PBCH block indicated by the SMTC of the target frequency F1 in the third measurement configuration is 20 ms.
  • the parameters in the first measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the first access network device include the target frequency ⁇ F2, F3 ⁇
  • the parameters in the third measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the second access network device include Target frequency ⁇ F1 ⁇ . If the delta configuration is performed based on all the parameters in the first measurement configuration and all the parameters in the third measurement configuration, the parameters obtained after performing the delta configuration may include the target frequency ⁇ F1, F2, F3 ⁇ .
  • the third measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the second access network device includes the target frequency ⁇ F2/SMTC2, F3/SMTC3 ⁇
  • the third measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the second access network device The parameters in include target frequency ⁇ F1/SMTC1', F2/SMTC2' ⁇ . If the delta configuration is performed based on all the parameters in the first measurement configuration and all the parameters in the third measurement configuration, the parameters obtained after performing the delta configuration can include the target frequency ⁇ F1/SMTC1', F2/SMTC2', F3/SMTC3 ⁇ .
  • the parameters in the first measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the first access network device include measurement valid time ⁇ T1 ⁇
  • the parameters in the third measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the second access network device do not include measurement Effective time
  • the parameters obtained after performing delta configuration can include measurement effective time ⁇ T1 ⁇ .
  • the parameters obtained after configuration may include the effective measurement area in the first measurement configuration.
  • the parameters in the first measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the first access network device include the measurement effective area ⁇ A1, A2 ⁇
  • the parameters in the third measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the second access network device include Measure the effective area ⁇ A3 ⁇ . If the terminal device performs delta configuration based on all the parameters in the first measurement configuration and all the parameters in the third measurement configuration, the parameters obtained after performing the delta configuration may include the measurement effective area ⁇ A1, A2, A3 ⁇ .
  • the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement.
  • the addition mentioned here may be, for example, an addition to the measurement, an addition to a parameter, or a combination of the two.
  • the target frequency point F1 in the above example belongs to the third measurement configuration.
  • the target frequency F1 is an additional measurement to the measurement of the existing target frequency ⁇ F2, F3 ⁇ . That is to say, the terminal equipment has increased the measurement of the target frequency point F1.
  • the effective measurement area A3 in the above example belongs to the third measurement configuration.
  • the effective measurement area A3 is an addition to the existing measurement effective area ⁇ A1, A2 ⁇ in the measurement parameters.
  • the parameters indicated for addition to the measurement and/or the parameters indicated for addition to the parameter are all defined as additional for terminal equipment included in the third measurement configuration.
  • the parameter to be measured is the addition of the measurement or the addition of the parameter.
  • the terminal device can perform measurement based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and perform measurement based on the parameters in the third measurement configuration. Therefore, b) can also be expressed as the measurement based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device may further combine with the system sent by the second access network device The parameters in the measurement configuration carried in the message are measured. In other words, if the terminal device performs b), the terminal device can perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the parameters in the third measurement configuration, and the parameters in the measurement configuration in the system message sent by the second access network device. .
  • the terminal device executes c) and determines to perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration. It can be understood that the terminal device can obtain the second measurement configuration sent by the second access network device from the second message. The terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration, and may perform measurement based on all the parameters in the second measurement configuration, regardless of other measurement configurations, such as the above-mentioned first measurement configuration. In other words, c) can also be expressed as not performing measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device may further perform measurement in combination with the parameter in the measurement configuration carried in the system message sent by the second access network device.
  • the terminal device executes c
  • the terminal device can perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration and the parameters in the measurement configuration in the system message sent by the second access network device. Therefore, after receiving the second measurement configuration from the second access network device, the terminal device can directly delete the first measurement configuration. That is, the terminal device does not need to perform delta configuration.
  • the terminal device can directly perform measurement based on all the parameters in the second measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device executes d) and determines not to perform measurement. Since the terminal device does not perform measurement, that is, it does not perform measurement based on any measurement configuration. In the embodiments of this application, it can be understood that the terminal device does not perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and at the same time, the second access network device is not configured with new measurement parameters by the terminal device, as described above The second measurement configuration or the third measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device may also execute multiple items of a), b), c) or d) based on the second message. For example, the terminal device may execute b) or c) after executing a), or the terminal device may execute b) and c) in sequence after executing a). This application does not limit this.
  • the terminal device can perform one of a), b), c) or d) according to the instruction of the second access network device.
  • the second access network device may indicate whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least some parameters in the first measurement configuration through some fields in the second message.
  • the operations that may be performed by the terminal device are distinguished and described by a), b), c), and d), but this should not constitute any limitation to this application.
  • the protocol may only define one or more of a), b), c), and d) for the behavior of the terminal device. This application does not limit this.
  • the terminal device can determine which one of them to execute according to the instruction of the second message.
  • the behavior of the terminal device by the protocol can only define a) and b), and the terminal device can execute a) or b) according to the instructions of the second message; for another example, the behavior of the terminal device by the protocol can only define a) and c).
  • the terminal device can execute a) and c) according to the instructions of the second message; for another example, the protocol only defines a) and d) for the behavior of the terminal device, and the terminal device can execute a) or d) according to the instructions of the second message. ;
  • the protocol only defines a), c) and d) for the behavior of the terminal device, and the terminal device can execute a), c) or d) according to the instructions of the second message.
  • I will not list them all here.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device performs a) listed above, it is measured based on all the parameters in the first measurement configuration; when the terminal device performs b) listed above, it is based on part or the part of the first measurement configuration. All parameters are measured; when the terminal device performs c) or d) listed above, the measurement is not performed based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. Therefore, when the terminal device determines which of the above a), b), c) and d) is to be performed, it also determines whether to perform measurement based on at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second access network device's indication of whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration may be, for example, an explicit indication or an implicit indication, which is not provided in this application. limited.
  • the following describes in detail how the second access network device uses a second message to indicate whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and how the terminal device determines whether or not according to the second message.
  • the measurement is performed based on at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second access network device can carry different information through different fields in the second message.
  • the first to fourth fields are introduced below.
  • the first field includes information for indicating whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration
  • the second field is used to carry the second measurement configuration
  • the third field is used to carry the third measurement configuration
  • the fourth field Include information for indicating whether to restart the timer or whether to continue running the timer.
  • the above-mentioned first to fourth fields may be different information elements in the second message, for example, may be information elements with different names in the second message, or may be carried in different positions in the second message. This application does not limit this.
  • the first to fourth fields listed here are only named for easy distinction, and should not constitute any limitation to this application.
  • the second message sent by the second access network device does not necessarily include all the fields from the first field to the fourth field.
  • the first to fourth fields may be optional (optional) fields, and the second access network device may carry different fields in the second message as needed and send it to the terminal device.
  • the second access network device is configured with the second measurement configuration, the field used to carry the second measurement configuration may be carried in the second message, otherwise the field is not included in the second message.
  • the second message may also include all fields, but some fields are empty, that is, no information is carried.
  • the second message includes information for indicating whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message may include a special indication field, and the indication field may indicate whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the indication field is recorded as the first field, for example.
  • the first field includes an indication bit that indicates whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the protocol's definition of terminal device behavior includes at least a and d) listed above.
  • the first field may include an indication bit to indicate whether to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. That is, the 1 indication bit can be used to instruct the terminal device to perform a) or d).
  • the second message includes the first field, but the second message does not include the second field, the third field, and the fourth field. Then, when the value of the indicator bit is "TRUE" or "1", the terminal device determines to perform a), that is, to perform measurement based on all the parameters in the first measurement configuration; when the value of the indicator bit is "FALSE" or When "0", the terminal device determines to perform d). Since the terminal device determines not to perform measurement, that is, determines not to perform measurement based on any measurement configuration, the terminal device also determines not to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the protocol definition of the behavior of the terminal device may at least include a) and d) listed above.
  • the second message may indicate whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration by including the first field. For example, when the second message includes the first field, or when the first field exists, the terminal device determines to perform a); when the second message does not include the first field, or in other words, the first field does not When it exists, the terminal device determines to execute d).
  • the second message includes the second measurement configuration.
  • a certain special field may be predefined in the second message to carry the parameters in the second measurement configuration.
  • the field used to carry the parameters in the second measurement configuration is recorded as the second field. If the second field is included in the second message, it means that the second message includes the second measurement configuration.
  • the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement.
  • the terminal device can perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration, or based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration and the parameters in the measurement configuration carried in the system message sent by the second access network device. .
  • the second message includes the second measurement configuration, that is, the second access network device configures a new measurement parameter for the terminal device. If the terminal device obtains the second measurement configuration parameter from the second message, it can execute c). In other words, the second measurement configuration included in the second message can be used to implicitly indicate that the terminal device does not perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the protocol definition of the behavior of the terminal device may include at least c) listed above. If the second message includes the second field, but the second message does not include the first field, the third field, and the fourth field, the terminal device can perform c).
  • the terminal device may perform the measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, that is, after the timer running time started based on the first measurement configuration arrives, and then based on the second measurement configuration
  • the terminal device can also directly interrupt the measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, that is, the timer started based on the first measurement configuration stops running, and the measurement is performed based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration. This application does not limit this.
  • the terminal device may also delete the first measurement configuration if the terminal device completes the measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, or if the terminal device interrupts the measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message includes the third measurement configuration.
  • a certain special field may be predefined in the second message to carry the parameters in the third measurement configuration.
  • the field used to carry the parameters in the third measurement configuration is recorded as the third field. If the second message includes the third field, it means that the second message includes the third measurement configuration.
  • the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement.
  • the terminal device can perform measurement based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration, or based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration.
  • the parameters and the parameters in the measurement configuration carried in the system message sent by the second access network device are measured.
  • the second message includes the third measurement configuration, that is, the second access network device configures additional measurement parameters for the terminal device. If the terminal device obtains the third measurement configuration from the second message, it can perform b). In other words, the second message includes the third measurement configuration, which can be used to implicitly instruct the terminal device to perform measurement based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the protocol definition of the behavior of the terminal device may at least include b) listed above. If the second message includes the third field, but the second message does not include the first field, the second field, and the fourth field, the terminal device can perform b).
  • the second message includes information for indicating whether to restart or whether to continue to run the timer.
  • the second message may include a special indication field, and the indication field may indicate whether to restart or continue to run the timer.
  • the indication field is recorded as the fourth field, for example.
  • the fourth field includes an indication bit that indicates whether to restart or continue to run the timer.
  • the protocol's definition of the behavior of the terminal device can at least include a) and d) listed above.
  • the fourth field may include an indication bit. When the value of the indication bit is "TRUE" or "1", or when the fourth field is included in the second message, it may indicate restarting or continuing to run the timer. Implicitly indicate that the terminal device can perform a), that is, perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration; when the indication bit is "FALSE" or "0", or the second message does not include the fourth field When the timer can be instructed not to restart or continue to run the timer, it also implicitly indicates that the terminal device can perform d). Since the terminal device determines not to perform measurement, the terminal device also determines not to be based on the first measurement configuration. Parameters are measured.
  • the protocol definition of the behavior of the terminal device may at least include a) and d) listed above. If the second message includes the fourth field, but the second message does not include the first field, the second field, and the third field, the terminal device may use the value of the indicator bit in the fourth field or the second message Whether to include the fourth field determines whether to perform a) or d).
  • the second message includes the fourth field but does not include the first field, the second field, and the third field is the same as the second message includes the first field but does not include the second field and the third field. It corresponds to the information indicated in the fourth field. Therefore, it can be considered that the second message includes the first field but does not include the second field, the third field, and the fourth field, and the second message includes the fourth field but does not include the first field, the second field, and the third field. Price.
  • the second message includes information for indicating whether to restart or whether to continue to run the timer, but does not include the second measurement configuration, the third measurement configuration, and whether it is based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the foregoing information for indicating whether to restart or whether to continue to run the timer can be used to implicitly indicate whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message may further indicate whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration by including the fourth field. For example, when the second message includes the fourth field but does not include the first field, or when the fourth field exists but the first field does not exist, the terminal device can be implicitly instructed to perform a); when the second message When the message does not include the fourth field and does not include the first field, in other words, when neither the fourth field nor the first field exists, the terminal device may be implicitly instructed to perform d).
  • the fourth field is only used to indicate whether Restarting or whether to continue to run the timer is not used to indicate whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device can perform corresponding operations.
  • the foregoing fourth field indicates information about restarting the timer (or continuing to run the timer), such as the indication bit "TRUE” or "1" listed above, or when the fourth field is included in the second message
  • the terminal The device can restart the timer (or continue to run the timer) according to the second message.
  • the foregoing fourth field indicates the information of not restarting the timer (or not continuing to run the timer), such as the indication bit "FALSE" or "0" listed above, or the fourth field is not included in the second message
  • the terminal device can stop running the timer according to the second message.
  • multiple fields can also be used in combination to indicate whether the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message includes the first field and the second field
  • the terminal device may determine whether to execute b) according to the second field, and may further determine whether to execute a) according to the first field.
  • the value of the indication bit in the first field is "TRUE" or "1"
  • the terminal device may first continue to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and after completion After the measurement is performed based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the measurement is performed based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device can directly suspend measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration , Perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration.
  • the second message includes any one of the first field, the second field, and the third field, and the fourth field. That is, when the terminal device executes a), b) or c), it can determine whether to restart the timer or continue to run the timer according to the fourth field.
  • the second message includes the second field or the third field, that is, the second access network device configures a new measurement parameter for the terminal device.
  • the new measurement parameter configured by the second access network for the terminal device may or may not include the measurement effective time. If not included, the second message may further include a fourth field to indicate whether to perform measurement based on the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message does not include any one of the first field to the fourth field.
  • the terminal device may determine to execute d) according to the second message.
  • different information elements may not be used to distinguish the second measurement configuration from the third measurement configuration in the second message.
  • the second measurement configuration or the third measurement configuration is carried through the same cell.
  • the field used to carry the cell is recorded as the second field below.
  • the second field contains the parameters used for measurement newly configured by the access network device.
  • the second message includes a first field and a second field. That is, the second message includes information for indicating whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the second measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device can perform delta configuration based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the second measurement configuration, and based on the configured Parameters are measured; if the value of the first field is "FALSE” or "0", the terminal device does not perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. On the contrary, the terminal device can perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration.
  • indication bits in the first field are only examples, and the first field may include two or more indication bits.
  • the protocol definition of the behavior of the terminal device may include the above a), b), c), and d).
  • the first field may instruct the terminal device to perform a), b), c), and d) by indicating different values of bits. One of b), c) or d).
  • the terminal device when the value of the first field is "00", the terminal device is instructed to perform a), that is, to perform measurement based on all parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second field and the first field are not included in the second message.
  • the second message may include a fourth field, and the fourth field indicates restarting the timer or continuing to run the timer.
  • the fourth field may also indicate that the timer is not to be restarted or not to continue to run, and the terminal device may measure according to the measurement effective time in the measurement configuration carried in the system message sent by the second access network device.
  • the terminal device When the value of the first field is "01”, it instructs the terminal device to perform b), that is, to perform measurement based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message includes the third field.
  • the second message includes the second field.
  • the second message may also include a fourth field, and the fourth field indicates that the timer is not to be restarted or not to continue to run.
  • the second message may include the second field and/or the third field, or may not include the second field and/or the third field. However, regardless of whether the second field and/or the third field are included, the terminal device does not perform measurement.
  • the second message mentioned above includes a certain field, which can specifically mean that the second message carries valid information in this field; correspondingly, the second message does not include a certain field.
  • the field may specifically refer to that the field is not included in the second message, or that the field is included in the second message, but the field does not carry valid information.
  • the terminal device can perform step 207, and the terminal device performs the measurement based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device can perform step 208, and the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration, or the terminal device does not perform the measurement.
  • step 208 by the terminal device may be performed after the measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration is completed, or after the measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration is interrupted. This application does not limit this.
  • the terminal device may also obtain some parameters for measurement from the system message sent by the second access network device before the measurement. Therefore, regardless of whether the terminal device performs step 207 or step 208, optionally, the terminal device may further determine the measurement configuration parameters carried in the system message sent by the second access network device before the measurement. parameter.
  • the terminal device may not perform other operations after step 205.
  • the terminal device may also delete the first measurement configuration after step 205. This application does not limit this.
  • step 207 and 208 shows steps 207 and 208 as an example, but it should be understood that this does not mean that the terminal device must perform step 207 and step 208.
  • the terminal device can selectively perform steps 207 and 208 based on the interpretation of the second message in step 206.
  • Step 207 or step 208 is performed locally, or no measurement is performed.
  • step 208 is shown in dotted lines in the figure.
  • the second message described in step 204 above may be generated by the second access network device, or obtained by the second access network device from the first access network device.
  • the second access network may try to obtain the context information of the terminal device from the first access network device, so as to provide services for the terminal device.
  • Whether the second access network device generates the second message by itself may be determined based on whether the context of the terminal device is acquired.
  • the method further includes: step 209, the second access network device sends a request for acquiring the context of the terminal device.
  • the first access network device receives the request for acquiring the context of the terminal device.
  • the first access network device may send the context of the terminal device to the second access network device, so that the second access network device successfully obtains the context of the terminal device;
  • the network access device may also refuse to send the context of the terminal device to the second access network device. Therefore, the second access network device fails to obtain the context of the terminal device.
  • the second access network device generates the second message by itself.
  • the second access network device obtains the context of the terminal device from the first access network, it can generate the second message by itself.
  • the method 200 further includes:
  • Step 210 The second access network device receives the context of the terminal device.
  • the first access network device sends the context of the terminal device;
  • Step 211 The second access network device generates a second message based on the context of the terminal device received from the first access network device, and the second message is used to determine whether the terminal device performs based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. Determination of measurement.
  • the second access network device obtains the context of the terminal device from the first access network device, and can become the new source access network device of the terminal device.
  • the foregoing second message may be generated and sent by the second access network device based on the successful acquisition of the context of the terminal device.
  • the second message may include the second measurement configuration or the third measurement configuration. That is, the second message may include a new measurement parameter configured by the access network device for the terminal device.
  • the second measurement configuration may be a measurement configuration from the second access network device.
  • the third measurement configuration may also be configured by the second access network device for the terminal device.
  • the second message is not limited to including the foregoing second measurement configuration or third measurement configuration.
  • the context of the terminal device includes at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. That is to say, the first access network device can send some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration configured to the terminal device to the second access network device, such as the measurement target, the SMTC corresponding to the measurement target, and the measurement effective area , Measuring one or more of the effective area, etc.
  • the context of the terminal device may also include at least part of the parameters used for measurement of the system message configuration.
  • the method 200 further includes:
  • Step 212 The first access network device generates time information, where the time information is used to determine the duration for the terminal device to continue measurement based on the first measurement configuration;
  • Step 213 The first access network device sends the time information to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives time information.
  • the duration of the terminal device continuing to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration may specifically refer to the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration minus the remaining duration of the duration that the terminal device has performed measurement based on the first measurement configuration. In other words, the remaining running time of the timer started based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the time information may specifically indicate one or more of the following:
  • the second access network device may determine the length of time for the terminal device to continue measurement based on the first measurement configuration according to one or more of i), ii) and iii) listed above.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the first measurement configuration from the first access network device, it will start the timer and at the same time start to measure based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the transmission delay between the moment when the first access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device and the moment when the terminal device receives the first measurement configuration from the first access network device is small and can be ignored. Therefore, if the time information indicates the moment when the first access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device, it is equivalent to the moment when the terminal device starts measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the second access network device may determine the running time of the timer according to the moment when the time information is received and the moment when the terminal device starts measuring based on the first measurement.
  • the first access network device may carry at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration through the context of the terminal device, for example, the effective duration of the measurement. Therefore, the second access network device can determine the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration according to the effective measurement duration and the running duration of the timer configured in the first measurement configuration.
  • the first access network device may directly send the remaining time for the terminal device to continue measurement based on the first measurement configuration to the second access network device.
  • the first access network device may also time itself when sending the first measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • a timer may also be started, and the running duration of the timer may be the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration.
  • the first access network device may generate the time information according to the remaining running time of the timer, so as to send the time information to the second access network device.
  • the parameters of the first measurement configuration included in the context of the terminal device sent by the first access network device to the second access network device may not include the effective duration of the measurement.
  • the first access network device can start timing by itself when sending the first measurement configuration to the terminal device. For example, when the first access network device sends the first measurement configuration, a timer may also be started, and the running duration of the timer may be the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration.
  • the first access network device may generate the time information according to the elapsed time length of the first measurement configuration (that is, the running time length of the timer), so as to send the time information to the second access network device.
  • the first access network device may carry at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration through the context of the terminal device, for example, the effective duration of the measurement. Therefore, the second access network device can determine the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration according to the effective measurement duration and the running duration of the timer configured in the first measurement configuration.
  • the first access network device does not necessarily need to send the time information to the second access network device.
  • the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration is infinite, and the first access network device also includes the effective duration of the measurement in the context of the terminal device sent to the second access network device, the The first access network device does not need to send the time information.
  • the first access network device includes the effective duration of the measurement in the context of the terminal device sent to the second access network device, and the first The access network device may also use the time information to indicate that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration for infinite duration.
  • This application does not limit this. It suffices that the second access network device can obtain information related to the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration from the first access network device.
  • step 212 and step 213 may be performed before step 210 or after step 210, for example. This application does not limit this.
  • the above-mentioned time information may also be carried in the context of the terminal device.
  • at least part of the parameters and time information in the above-mentioned first measurement configuration may be included in the context of the terminal device and sent by the first access network device to the second access network device. That is, the context of the terminal device includes at least part of the parameters and/or time information in the first measurement configuration.
  • step 213 and step 210 can be combined into one step, and step 212 can be performed before step 210, or in other words, step 212 can be performed in the first access network device. Execute before sending the context of the terminal device to the second access network device.
  • the above time information may not be carried in the context of the terminal device, and the first access network device may also send it to the second access network device through additional signaling. This application does not limit this.
  • the first access network device sends time information to the second access network device, so that the second access network device determines, according to the time information, the duration for the terminal device to continue measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration that is, the remaining time for the first measurement configuration to take effect.
  • the terminal device and the access network device that saved the first measurement configuration can delete the first measurement configuration respectively.
  • the first access network device may carry at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration It is sent to the second access network device in the context of the terminal device.
  • the second access network device that has acquired the first measurement configuration may delete the first measurement configuration after the first measurement configuration becomes invalid.
  • the terminal device may also delete the first measurement configuration after the first measurement configuration becomes invalid.
  • the second access network device is the new source access network device, it is unnecessary to send the first measurement configuration to the new target access network device, thereby avoiding unnecessary overhead.
  • the first access network device can also directly delete the first measurement configuration. It is not necessary to send the first measurement configuration to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device may reconfigure a new measurement configuration for the terminal device, such as the foregoing second measurement configuration.
  • the second access network device obtains the second message from the first access network device, and sends the second message to the terminal device.
  • the method 200 further includes:
  • Step 214 The first access network device generates a second message, which is used to determine whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least some parameters in the first measurement configuration;
  • Step 215 The first access network device sends the second message to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the second message from the first access network device.
  • the second access network device transparently transmits the second message to the terminal device.
  • the second access network device forwards the second message received from the first access network device to the terminal device, indicating that the second access network device has not become the new source access network device of the terminal device. In other words, the second access network device has not obtained the context of the terminal device from the first access network device.
  • Step 215 may specifically include: the first access network device sends a context acquisition failure message to the second access network device, where the context acquisition failure message carries the second message.
  • the second access network device receives the context acquisition failure message, and acquires the second message from the context acquisition failure message.
  • the first access network device indicates through a second message whether to perform measurement based on at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and how the terminal device determines whether based on the detailed description of at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message
  • the second message may include the second measurement configuration or the third measurement configuration. That is, the second message may include a new measurement parameter configured by the first access network device for the terminal device.
  • the foregoing second measurement configuration is a measurement configuration from the first access network device.
  • the third measurement configuration may also be configured by the first access network device for the terminal device.
  • the second message is not limited to including the foregoing second measurement configuration or third measurement configuration.
  • the specific content contained in the second message reference may be made to the description in step 206 of the embodiment of the present application. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the first access network device may send a context acquisition failure message to the second access network device in scenarios such as periodic radio access network notification area (RAN notification area, RNA) update and small packet transmission.
  • RAN notification area RNA
  • the first access network device does not need to forward the context of the terminal device to the second access network device, and can still serve as the source access network device of the terminal device.
  • the scenarios in which the first access network device does not forward the context of the terminal device listed here are only examples, and should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not limit the specific scenario in which the first access network device does not forward the context of the terminal device.
  • step 210 to step 213 may correspond to one embodiment
  • step 214 and step 215 may correspond to another embodiment.
  • the steps corresponding to the two embodiments are shown in dashed boxes. .
  • the terminal device can retain the measurement configuration (e.g., the source cell) received from the source cell while moving from one cell (e.g., the source cell) to another cell (e.g., the target cell).
  • the above first measurement configuration may indicate whether the terminal device can continue to use some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. In the case that the terminal device can continue to use all the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the access network device may not need to reconfigure the measurement parameters for the terminal device through additional overhead, but only need to pass a few indication bits. To instruct the terminal device to continue measuring based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the access network device can also send additional measurement parameters to the terminal device without sending all the configuration parameters to the terminal device. Can reduce the cost of configuration. In this way, the access network device does not need to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device every time the terminal device is configured to enter the inactive or idle state, which can save air interface overhead caused by frequent measurement configuration.
  • the access network device can make a reasonable judgment according to the parameters in the first measurement configuration. If necessary, send the newly configured parameters to the terminal device. This can greatly reduce the cost of configuring parameters for the terminal device. At the same time, the measurement effect is taken into account, which is beneficial to obtain a higher compromise efficiency between the cost and the measurement effect.
  • the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiments of this application. .
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1000 may include a processing unit 1100 and a transceiver unit 1200.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • it may be a terminal device, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) configured for the terminal device may be configured in the terminal device. In the device).
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the method 200 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the method 200 in FIG. 2.
  • each unit in the communication device 1000 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 200 in FIG. 2.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 may be configured to receive a first message from the source access network device, the first message instructing the terminal device to enter the inactive state, the first message including the first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration including the It is a parameter that is measured when the terminal device is in an inactive state.
  • the processing unit 1100 may be configured to enter the inactive state according to the first message, and perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send a request for restoring the RRC connection to the target access network device, and receive a second message from the target access network device, the second message is used to instruct the terminal device to enter an inactive state or idle state.
  • the processing unit 1100 is further configured to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message.
  • processing unit 1100 is further configured to enter the inactive state or the idle state according to the second message, or keep in the inactive state or the idle state.
  • the second message includes information for instructing to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message includes a second measurement configuration
  • the second measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement.
  • processing unit 1100 is further configured to perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration according to the second message.
  • the second message includes a third measurement configuration
  • the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters used for measurement by the terminal device.
  • processing unit 1100 is further configured to perform configuration based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration according to the second message, and perform measurement based on the configured parameters.
  • the second message includes information for instructing to restart the timer or continue to run the timer; the timer is started based on the first measurement configuration, and the running time of the timer is included in the first measurement configuration Measure the effective time.
  • the processing unit 1100 is further configured to restart the timer or continue to run the timer according to the second message, and determine to stop the measurement based on the first measurement configuration after the running time of the timer is reached.
  • the processing unit 1100 can be used to perform step 202, step 205 to step 208 in the method 200, and the transceiver unit 1200 can be used to perform step 201 and step 203 in the method 200 And step 204. It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the foregoing corresponding steps has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG.
  • the processing unit 1100 in 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 2010 in the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG. 4.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented through an input/output interface.
  • the communication device 1000 further includes a storage unit, and the storage unit can be used to store instructions or data, and the processing unit can call the instructions or data stored in the storage unit to implement corresponding operations.
  • the storage unit may be implemented by at least one memory, for example, may correspond to the memory 2030 in the terminal device 2000 in FIG. 4.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the access network device in the above method embodiment, for example, it may be an access network device, or a component (such as Chip or circuit can be configured in the access network equipment).
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the first access network device in the method 200 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may include the first access network device for executing the method 200 in FIG. 2 The unit of the method of execution.
  • each unit in the communication device 1000 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 200 in FIG. 2.
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured to generate a second message for determining whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration is the source access network. It is configured for the terminal device when the device instructs the terminal device to enter the inactive state, and the first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in the inactive state.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is configured to send the second message to the terminal device through the target access network device.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is further configured to send a first message for instructing the terminal device to enter an inactive state, the first message includes a first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration includes Parameters to be measured in the deactivated state.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to receive a request for acquiring the context of the terminal device sent from the target access network device; and to send a context acquisition failure message to the target access network device, and the context acquisition failure message includes The second message, the context acquisition failure message is used to indicate that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails.
  • the second message includes information for instructing to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message includes a second measurement configuration
  • the second measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement.
  • the second message includes a third measurement configuration
  • the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters used for measurement by the terminal device.
  • the second message includes information for instructing to restart the timer or continue to run the timer; the timer is started based on the first measurement configuration, and the running time of the timer is included in the first measurement configuration Measure the effective time.
  • the second message further includes a second measurement configuration or a third measurement configuration
  • the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement
  • the third measurement configuration includes additional measurements for the terminal device. Parameters.
  • the processing unit 1100 is used to generate time information, the time information is used to determine the length of time the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, the first measurement configuration comes from the source access network device, and The first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in an inactive state.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is configured to send the time information to the target access network device.
  • the time information specifically indicates one or more of the following: the moment when the source access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device; or the source access network device determines based on the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration The remaining time; or the elapsed time measured based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to receive a request for acquiring the context of the terminal device sent from the target access network device; and to send the context of the terminal device to the target access network device.
  • the time information is carried in the context of the terminal device.
  • the context of the terminal device also includes at least part of the parameters of the first measurement configuration.
  • the processing unit 1100 can be used to execute step 212 or step 204 in the method 200, and the transceiver unit 1200 can be used to execute step 209 in the method 200, and can also be used to execute the method.
  • Step 210 and step 213 in 200 may also be used to execute step 215 in method 200.
  • processing unit 1100 may be used to perform the steps of generating and/or determining the first access network device in the method 200, and the transceiving unit 1100 may be used to perform the steps of receiving and/or sending the first access network device in the method 200 .
  • the processing unit 1100 may be used to perform the steps of generating and/or determining the first access network device in the method 200, and the transceiving unit 1100 may be used to perform the steps of receiving and/or sending the first access network device in the method 200 .
  • I will not list them all.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the second access network device in the method 200 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may include the second access network device for executing the method 200 in FIG. 2 The unit of the method of execution.
  • each unit in the communication device 1000 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 200 in FIG. 2.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is used for receiving the second message and used for sending the second message to the terminal device.
  • the second message is used to determine whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration
  • the first measurement configuration is configured to the terminal when the source access network device instructs the terminal device to enter the inactive state Device, and the first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in an inactive state.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send a request for acquiring the context of the terminal device to the source access network device, and to receive a context acquisition failure message from the source access network device.
  • the context acquisition failure message A second message is included, and the context acquisition failure message is used to indicate that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails.
  • the context acquisition failure message includes a second measurement configuration or a third measurement configuration
  • the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement
  • the third measurement configuration includes additional measurements for the terminal device Parameters.
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured to generate a second message for determining whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration It is configured for the terminal device when the source access network device instructs the terminal device to enter the inactive state, and the first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in the inactive state.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is used to send the second message.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send a request for acquiring the context of the terminal device to the source access network device, and to receive the context of the terminal device from the source access network device.
  • the processing unit 1100 may generate the second message based on the received context of the terminal device.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to receive time information from the source access network device, where the time information is used to determine the duration for the terminal device to continue measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the time information specifically indicates one or more of the following: the time when the source access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device; the source access network device determines based on the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration And the elapsed time measured based on the first measurement configuration.
  • the time information is carried in the context of the terminal device.
  • the second message includes information for instructing to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message includes a second measurement configuration
  • the second measurement configuration includes parameters used for measurement by the terminal device.
  • the second message includes a third measurement configuration
  • the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters used for measurement by the terminal device.
  • the second message includes information for indicating restarting the timer or continuing to run the timer; the timer is started based on the first measurement configuration, and the running time of the timer is the above The effective duration of the measurement included in the first measurement configuration.
  • the second message further includes a second measurement configuration or a third measurement configuration
  • the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement
  • the third measurement configuration includes additional The parameters used for the terminal equipment to measure.
  • the processing unit 1100 can be used to perform step 211 in the method 200, and the transceiver unit 1200 can be used to perform step 203, step 204, and step 209 in the method 200. It can also be used to execute step 210 and step 213 in method 200, or it can also be used to execute step 215 in method 200. It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the foregoing corresponding steps has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
  • processing unit 1100 may be used to perform the steps of generating and/or determining the second access network device in the method 200, and the transceiving unit 1100 may be used to perform the steps of receiving and/or sending the second access network device in the method 200 .
  • the processing unit 1100 may be used to perform the steps of generating and/or determining the second access network device in the method 200, and the transceiving unit 1100 may be used to perform the steps of receiving and/or sending the second access network device in the method 200 .
  • I will not list them all.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 can be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it can correspond to the radio frequency unit 3012 in the access network device 3000 shown in FIG.
  • the antenna 3011, the processing unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 3022 in the base station 3000 shown in FIG. 5.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented through an input/output interface.
  • the communication device 1000 further includes a storage unit, and the storage unit can be used to store instructions or data, and the processing unit can call the instructions or data stored in the storage unit to implement corresponding operations.
  • the storage unit may be implemented by at least one memory, for example, may correspond to the memory 3201 in the access network device 3000 in FIG. 5.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 2000 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the terminal device 2000 includes a processor 2010 and a transceiver 2020.
  • the terminal device 2000 further includes a memory 2030.
  • the processor 2010, the transceiver 2002, and the memory 2030 can communicate with each other through internal connection paths to transfer control and/or data signals.
  • the memory 2030 is used for storing computer programs, and the processor 2010 is used for downloading from the memory 2030. Call and run the computer program to control the transceiver 2020 to send and receive signals.
  • the terminal device 2000 may further include an antenna 2040 for transmitting the uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 2020 through a wireless signal.
  • the aforementioned processor 2010 and the memory 2030 can be combined into a processing device, and the processor 2010 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 2030 to implement the aforementioned functions.
  • the memory 2030 may also be integrated in the processor 2010 or independent of the processor 2010.
  • the processor 2010 may correspond to the processing unit in FIG. 3.
  • the aforementioned transceiver 2020 and antenna 2040 may correspond to the transceiver unit in FIG. 3, and may also be referred to as a transceiver unit.
  • the transceiver 2020 may include a receiver (or called receiver, receiving circuit) and a transmitter (or called transmitter, transmitting circuit). Among them, the receiver is used to receive signals, and the transmitter is used to transmit signals.
  • the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG. 4 can implement various processes involving the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2.
  • the operations and/or functions of each module in the terminal device 2000 are respectively for implementing the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the above-mentioned processor 2010 can be used to execute the actions described in the previous method embodiments implemented by the terminal device, and the transceiver 2020 can be used to execute the terminal device described in the previous method embodiments to send or receive from the access network device The action received by the network device.
  • the transceiver 2020 can be used to execute the terminal device described in the previous method embodiments to send or receive from the access network device The action received by the network device.
  • the aforementioned terminal device 2000 may further include a power supply 2050 for providing power to various devices or circuits in the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 2000 may also include one or more of an input unit 2060, a display unit 2070, an audio circuit 2080, a camera 2090, and a sensor 2100.
  • the audio circuit A speaker 2082, a microphone 2084, etc. may also be included.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application, and may be, for example, a schematic structural diagram of a base station.
  • the base station 3000 may be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the first access network device or the second access network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the base station 3000 may include one or more DU 3010 and one or more CU 3020.
  • the CU 3020 can communicate with NGcore (Next Generation Core Network, NC).
  • the DU 3010 may include at least one antenna 3011, at least one radio frequency unit 3012, at least one processor 3013, and at least one memory 3014.
  • the DU 3010 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals, the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, and part of baseband processing.
  • the CU 3020 may include at least one processor 3022 and at least one memory 3021.
  • CU 3020 and DU 3010 can communicate through interfaces, where the control plane (CP) interface can be Fs-C, such as F1-C, and the user plane (UP) interface can be Fs-U. For example, F1-U.
  • CP control plane
  • UP user plane
  • the CU 3020 part is mainly used for baseband processing, control of base stations, and so on.
  • the DU 3010 and the CU 3020 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the CU 3020 is the control center of the base station, which may also be called a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions.
  • the CU 3020 may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the access network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the baseband processing on the CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network.
  • the functions of the PDCP layer and above are set in the CU, and the protocol layers below the PDCP, such as the RLC layer and MAC layer, are set in the DU.
  • the CU implements the functions of the RRC layer and the PDCP layer
  • the DU implements the functions of the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer.
  • the base station 3000 may include one or more radio frequency units (RU), one or more DUs, and one or more CUs.
  • the DU may include at least one processor 3013 and at least one memory 3014
  • the RU may include at least one antenna 3011 and at least one radio frequency unit 3012
  • the CU may include at least one processor 3022 and at least one memory 3021.
  • the CU 3020 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network (such as a 5G network) with a single access indication, and may also support different access standards.
  • Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks).
  • the memory 3021 and the processor 3022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • the DU 3010 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a wireless access network with a single access indication (such as a 5G network), or can respectively support wireless access networks with different access standards (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks).
  • the memory 3014 and the processor 3013 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • the base station 3000 shown in FIG. 5 can implement various processes involving the first access network device or the second access network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2.
  • the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the base station 3000 are used to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the base station 3000 shown in FIG. 5 is only a possible architecture of the access network device, and should not constitute any limitation in this application.
  • the method provided in this application is applicable to access network equipment of other architectures.
  • access network equipment including CU, DU, and AAU. This application does not limit the specific architecture of the access network device.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the aforementioned processing device may be one or more chips.
  • the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC), or It is a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or a microcontroller (microcontroller).
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system on chip
  • CPU central processor unit
  • NP network processor
  • DSP digital signal processing circuit
  • microcontroller microcontroller
  • the controller unit may also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the steps of the above method can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. In order to avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability.
  • the steps of the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components .
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • serial link DRAM SLDRAM
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 Method in.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable medium that stores program code, and when the program code runs on a computer, the computer executes any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • a method executed by a network element for example, the method executed by the terminal device, the first access network device, or the second access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 respectively.
  • the present application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned one or more terminal devices and one or more access network devices.
  • the access equipment in the above-mentioned device embodiments completely corresponds to the access network equipment or terminal equipment in the terminal equipment and method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units execute the corresponding steps, for example, the communication unit (transceiver) executes the method implementation In the example of receiving or sending steps, other steps except sending and receiving can be executed by the processing unit (processor).
  • the processing unit processor
  • component used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution.
  • the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, processor, object, executable file, thread of execution, program, and/or computer running on the processor.
  • application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components.
  • One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can be executed from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • the component may be based on, for example, a signal having one or more data packets (such as data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • a signal having one or more data packets (such as data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • each functional unit may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions (programs).
  • programs When the computer program instructions (programs) are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium, (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
  • a magnetic medium for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)
  • a semiconductor medium for example, a solid state disk, SSD
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which facilitate reducing air interface overheads. The method comprises: a terminal device receives a message from a target access network device, the message being used for indicating whether to perform measurement on the basis of at least some of parameters in a first measurement configuration, wherein the first measurement configuration is from a source access network device and the first measurement configuration comprises parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement; when the message indicates that the measurement can be continued to be performed on the basis of the at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the terminal device can continue performing the measurement on the basis of the at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. Therefore, the target access network device may not send or merely send a small number of additional parameters. Therefore, air interface overheads can be reduced.

Description

通信方法和通信装置Communication method and communication device
本申请要求于2019年8月15日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910755808.3、申请名称为“通信方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office with the application number 201910755808.3 and the application name "Communication Method and Communication Device" on August 15, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种通信方法和通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method and communication device.
背景技术Background technique
去活动态(inactive state)是新无线(new radio,NR)系统中引入的一种无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)状态。接入网设备可以通过信令配置终端设备进入去活动态。进入去活动态的终端设备可以断开与接入网之间的RRC连接。The inactive state (inactive state) is a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) state introduced in the new radio (NR) system. The access network equipment can configure the terminal equipment to enter the inactive state through signaling. The terminal device that enters the inactive state can disconnect the RRC connection with the access network.
为了快速地为终端设备配置载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA)或双连接(dual connectivity,DC),去活动态的终端设备可以在接入网络前进行测量,比如在去活动态的终端设备进入连接态之前进行测量。由于这种测量行为是在接入网络之前的测量行为,可以将其称为早期测量。接入网设备可以在终端设备进入去活动态前为终端设备配置用于测量的参数,以便于终端设备进行早期测量。In order to quickly configure carrier aggregation (CA) or dual connectivity (DC) for terminal equipment, the inactive terminal equipment can be measured before accessing the network, for example, when the inactive terminal equipment enters the connection Make a measurement before the state. Since this measurement behavior is a measurement behavior before access to the network, it can be called early measurement. The access network device can configure the measurement parameters for the terminal device before the terminal device enters the inactive state, so that the terminal device can perform early measurement.
然而,由于终端设备的移动性,处于去活动态的终端设备可能一个小区(例如记作小区A)移动至另一个小区(例如记作小区B)。小区A和小区B可能并不是同站的小区。小区B所属的接入网设备可能会给终端设备配置新的用于早期测量的参数。如果终端设备频繁地在多个小区之间移动,由于早期测量配置所带来的空口开销可能会非常大。However, due to the mobility of the terminal equipment, the terminal equipment in the inactive state may move from one cell (for example, denoted as cell A) to another cell (for example, denoted as cell B). Cell A and cell B may not be the same cell. The access network equipment to which cell B belongs may configure the terminal equipment with new parameters for early measurement. If the terminal device frequently moves between multiple cells, the air interface overhead caused by the early measurement configuration may be very large.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法和通信装置,以期减小早期测量的参数配置给空口带来的信令开销。The present application provides a communication method and communication device, in order to reduce the signaling overhead caused by the parameter configuration of the early measurement on the air interface.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法。该通信方法例如可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由终端设备中的部件(如电路或芯片)执行。本申请对此不作限定。In the first aspect, a communication method is provided. The communication method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a component (such as a circuit or a chip) in the terminal device, for example. This application does not limit this.
具体地,该通信方法包括:接收来自源接入网设备的第一消息,该第一消息指示终端设备进入去活动态。该第一消息包括第一测量配置,该第一测量配置包括用于终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数;根据该第一消息,进入去活动态,并基于该第一测量配置进行测量;向目标接入网设备发送用于恢复无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接的请求,并接收来自目标接入网设备的第二消息,该第二消息用于指示终端设备进入去活动态或空闲态;根据该第二消息,基于第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量。Specifically, the communication method includes: receiving a first message from a source access network device, the first message instructing the terminal device to enter an inactive state. The first message includes a first measurement configuration, the first measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement in an inactive state; according to the first message, enter the inactive state, and perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration; Send a request for restoring a radio resource control (RRC) connection to the target access network device, and receive a second message from the target access network device, the second message is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the inactive state Or idle state; according to the second message, measurement is performed based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
其中,该第一测量配置是源接入网设备在配置终端设备进入去活动态时为该终端设备配置的用于测量的参数。在本申请实施例中,该终端设备可以在进入目标接入网设备的覆 盖范围时,仍然保留该第一测量配置的参数。目标接入网设备可以通过第二消息指示该终端设备是否继续使用该第一测量配置中的参数。终端设备可以根据第二消息,基于第一测量配置中的参数的至少部分进行测量,或,不基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。The first measurement configuration is a measurement parameter configured for the terminal device when the source access network device configures the terminal device to enter the inactive state. In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may still retain the parameters of the first measurement configuration when it enters the coverage of the target access network device. The target access network device may indicate through the second message whether the terminal device continues to use the parameters in the first measurement configuration. The terminal device may perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message, or not perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
基于上述方案,终端设备在从一个小区(例如记作源小区)移动到另一个小区(例如记作目标小区)的过程中,可以保留从源接入网设备接收到的测量配置(例如上述第一测量配置)。目标接入网设备可以指示终端设备是否可以继续沿用第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数。在终端设备可以继续沿用第一测量配置中的全部参数的情况下,目标接入网设备可以不必通过额外的空口开销来向终端设备发送用于测量的参数,而仅需通过少量的几个指示比特来指示终端设备继续基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。在可以继续沿用第一测量配置中的部分参数的情况下,目标接入网设备也可以将附加的用于测量的参数发送给终端设备,而不需要将全部的配置参数发给终端设备,从而也可以减小配置带来的空口开销。如此一来,接入网设备可以不必在每一次配置终端设备进入去活动态或空闲态时为终端设备发送测量配置,可以节省频繁地测量配置带来的空口开销。Based on the above solution, the terminal device can retain the measurement configuration received from the source access network device (for example, the above-mentioned first cell) when moving from one cell (for example, the source cell) to another cell (for example, the target cell). One measurement configuration). The target access network device may indicate whether the terminal device can continue to use some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. In the case that the terminal device can continue to use all the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the target access network device may not need to use additional air interface overhead to send the measurement parameters to the terminal device, but only need to pass a few instructions Bit to instruct the terminal device to continue measuring based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. In the case that part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration can continue to be used, the target access network device can also send additional measurement parameters to the terminal device, instead of sending all configuration parameters to the terminal device. The air interface overhead caused by configuration can also be reduced. In this way, the access network device does not need to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device every time the terminal device is configured to enter the inactive or idle state, which can save air interface overhead caused by frequent measurement configuration.
在本申请实施例中,目标接入网设备可以通过第二消息显式或隐式地指示终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量。具体地,该第二消息中可以包括以下一项或多项:1)用于指示是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的指示;2)第二测量配置;3)第三测量配置;以及4)用于指示是否重启定时器或是否继续运行定时器的信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the target access network device may explicitly or implicitly indicate through the second message whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. Specifically, the second message may include one or more of the following: 1) an indication for indicating whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration; 2) the second measurement configuration; 3) the third measurement Configuration; and 4) information used to indicate whether to restart the timer or whether to continue to run the timer.
该第二消息例如可通过上述一项或多项信息来指示终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量。应理解,上文列举的四项信息可以理解为该第二消息中与测量配置相关的信息。该第二消息中还可以包括其他测量配置相关的信息和/或用作其他功能的信息。本申请对此不作限定。The second message may, for example, indicate whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration through one or more of the foregoing information. It should be understood that the four items of information listed above can be understood as information related to the measurement configuration in the second message. The second message may also include information related to other measurement configurations and/or information used for other functions. This application does not limit this.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些可能的实现方式中,该第二消息包括用于指示是否基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量的信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementation manners of the first aspect, the second message includes information for indicating whether to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
即,该第二消息通过显式指示的方式指示终端设备基于或不基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。That is, the second message instructs the terminal device to perform measurement based on or not based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration through an explicit indication.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些可能的实现方式中,该第二消息包括用于指示重启定时器或继续运行定时器的信息;该定时器基于第一测量配置启动,且该定时器的运行时长为第一测量配置中包括的测量有效时长。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementations of the first aspect, the second message includes information for instructing to restart the timer or continue to run the timer; the timer is started based on the first measurement configuration, and the timing The operating time of the detector is the effective time of measurement included in the first measurement configuration.
在第二消息包括用于指示是否重启或继续运行定时器的信息,可用于隐式地指示终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。比如,该信息指示重启或继续运行定时器,也就是指示继续使用该定时器,这也就相当于隐式地指示终端设备基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量;该信息指示不重启或不继续运行定时器,也就是指示不使用该定时器,这也就相当于隐式地指示终端设备不基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。The second message includes information for indicating whether to restart or continue to run the timer, which can be used to implicitly indicate whether the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. For example, the information indicates to restart or continue to run the timer, that is, to continue to use the timer, which is equivalent to implicitly instructing the terminal device to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration; the information indicates not to restart or not Continue to run the timer, that is, indicate not to use the timer, which is equivalent to implicitly instructing the terminal device not to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
通过在第二消息中携带用于指示是否重启或继续运行定时器的信息,终端设备可以直接确定根据该信息确定是否基于第一测量配置进行测量。即,第二接入网设备可以不再通过额外的指示信息来指示是否基于第一测量配置进行测量,因此节省了空口开销。By carrying information indicating whether to restart or continue to run the timer in the second message, the terminal device can directly determine whether to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration according to the information. That is, the second access network device may no longer use additional indication information to indicate whether to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, thereby saving air interface overhead.
可选地,在该第二消息同时包括了用于指示是否基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量的信息和用于指示是否重启或继续运行定时器的信息时,可优先基于前者来确定是否基于 第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量,而基于后者来确定是否继续使用第一测量配置中的测量有效时间。Optionally, when the second message includes both information indicating whether to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and information indicating whether to restart or continue to run the timer, the former may be prioritized to determine whether The measurement is performed based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and it is determined whether to continue to use the measurement effective time in the first measurement configuration based on the latter.
可选地,该方法还包括:根据第二消息,重启定时器或继续运行定时器,并在定时器的运行时长到达后,确定停止基于第一测量配置进行测量。Optionally, the method further includes: restarting the timer or continuing to run the timer according to the second message, and after the running time of the timer is reached, determining to stop the measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
在该第二消息指示重启运行定时器的情况下,该终端设备可以根据该第二消息重启定时器;或,在该第二消息指示继续运行定时器的情况下,该终端设备可以根据该第二消息继续运行定时器。在定时器的运行时长到达后,该第一测量配置也就不再生效。该终端设备可以停止基于第一测量配置进行测量。In the case where the second message indicates to restart the running timer, the terminal device may restart the timer according to the second message; or, in the case where the second message indicates to continue to run the timer, the terminal device may restart the timer according to the first message. The second message continues to run the timer. After the running time of the timer is reached, the first measurement configuration no longer takes effect. The terminal device can stop measuring based on the first measurement configuration.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些可能的实现方式中,该第二消息包括第二测量配置,该第二测量配置包括用于终端设备进行测量的参数。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementations of the first aspect, the second message includes a second measurement configuration, and the second measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement.
该第二消息中包括第二测量配置时,可用于隐式地指示了终端设备基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量。因此,该第二消息中包括第二测量配置,可用于隐式地指示该终端设备不基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。When the second message includes the second measurement configuration, it can be used to implicitly indicate that the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration. Therefore, the second message includes the second measurement configuration, which can be used to implicitly indicate that the terminal device does not perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
通过在第二消息中携带第二测量配置,可以使得终端设备既获取到了该第二测量配置参数,又获知了不再基于第一测量配置进行测量。即,第二接入网设备可以不再通过额外的指示信息来指示是否基于第一测量配置进行测量,因此节省了空口开销。By carrying the second measurement configuration in the second message, the terminal device can not only obtain the second measurement configuration parameter, but also learn that it will no longer perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration. That is, the second access network device may no longer use additional indication information to indicate whether to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, thereby saving air interface overhead.
可选地,该方法还包括:根据第二消息,并基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量。Optionally, the method further includes: performing measurement according to the second message and based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration.
终端设备在接收到该第二测量配置之后,可以继续基于第一测量配置进行测量,并在完成了基于第一测量配置的测量之后,再基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量;也可以停止基于第一测量配置而进行的测量,直接基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量。本申请对此不作限定。终端设备的行为属于设备的内部实现,可以由终端设备自行决定,或者也可以协议预定义。本申请对此不作限定。After receiving the second measurement configuration, the terminal device can continue to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, and after completing the measurement based on the first measurement configuration, perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration; or stop The measurement based on the first measurement configuration is directly based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration. This application does not limit this. The behavior of the terminal device belongs to the internal implementation of the device, and can be determined by the terminal device itself, or it can be pre-defined by the protocol. This application does not limit this.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些可能的实现方式中,该第二消息包括第三测量配置,该第三测量配置包括附加的用于终端设备进行测量的参数。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementation manners of the first aspect, the second message includes a third measurement configuration, and the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement.
该第三测量配置可用于终端设备进行德尔塔(delta)配置。该第三测量配置中可包括附加的用于终端设备进行测量的参数。终端设备可以根据预先接收到的第一测量配置和该第三测量配置进行delta配置,由此可以进行更全面地测量。The third measurement configuration can be used for the terminal device to perform delta configuration. The third measurement configuration may include additional parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement. The terminal device can perform delta configuration according to the first measurement configuration and the third measurement configuration received in advance, so that a more comprehensive measurement can be performed.
由于该第三测量配置中仅需包含附加的参数,而对该终端设备原先保留的参数不需要重复发送,因此相比于一套完整的测量配置而言,可以节省空口开销。Since the third measurement configuration only needs to include additional parameters, and the parameters originally reserved for the terminal device do not need to be repeatedly sent, compared to a complete measurement configuration, air interface overhead can be saved.
因此,接入网设备(例如可以是源接入网设备,也可以是目标接入网设备)可以根据需求进行合理地判断。在必要的情况下,向终端设备发送新配置的参数。而在不必要的情况下,不发送测量配置,避免不必要的空口开销。从而可以较大程度地减小为终端设备配置参数带来的开销。同时又兼顾了测量效果,从而有利于在开销和测量效果之间获得较高的折衷效率。Therefore, the access network device (for example, the source access network device or the target access network device) can make reasonable judgments according to requirements. If necessary, send the newly configured parameters to the terminal device. In unnecessary cases, the measurement configuration is not sent to avoid unnecessary air interface overhead. This can greatly reduce the cost of configuring parameters for the terminal device. At the same time, the measurement effect is taken into account, which is beneficial to obtain a higher compromise efficiency between the cost and the measurement effect.
当该第二消息中包括第三测量配置时,可用于隐式地指示该终端设备基于第三测量配置和第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数进行delta配置。即,第二接入网设备可以不再通过额外的指示信息来指示是否基于第一测量配置进行测量,因此节省了空口开销。When the second message includes the third measurement configuration, it can be used to implicitly instruct the terminal device to perform delta configuration based on some or all of the parameters in the third measurement configuration and the first measurement configuration. That is, the second access network device may no longer use additional indication information to indicate whether to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, thereby saving air interface overhead.
可选地,该方法还包括:基于第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分和第三测量配置中的参数进行测量。Optionally, the method further includes: performing measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration.
终端设备在基于第一测量配置中的参数和第三测量配置中的参数进行delta配置时,若对于某一参数的配置发生冲突,比如在第一测量配置和第三测量配置中都包含了测量有效时间,且二者的取值不同,终端设备应优先使用第三测量配置中的参数。因此delta配置后得到的参数可以包括第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数以及第三测量配置中的全部参数。When the terminal device performs delta configuration based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration, if the configuration of a certain parameter conflicts, for example, both the first measurement configuration and the third measurement configuration include measurement Effective time, and the two values are different, the terminal device should preferentially use the parameters in the third measurement configuration. Therefore, the parameters obtained after delta configuration may include some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and all the parameters in the third measurement configuration.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第二消息是用于释放RRC连接的消息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the second message is a message used to release the RRC connection.
例如,该第二消息是RRC释放(RRC release)消息,或,RRC连接释放(RRC connection release)消息。For example, the second message is an RRC release (RRC release) message, or an RRC connection release (RRC connection release) message.
也就是说,该第二接入网设备在配置终端设备进入去活动态或空闲态的同时,也指示了终端设备基于怎样的参数进行测量。That is to say, when the second access network device configures the terminal device to enter the inactive state or the idle state, it also instructs the terminal device based on which parameters to measure.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法。该通信方法例如可以由目标接入网设备执行,或者,也可以由目标接入网设备中的部件(如电路或芯片)执行。本申请对此不作限定。In the second aspect, a communication method is provided. The communication method may be executed by, for example, a target access network device, or may also be executed by a component (such as a circuit or a chip) in the target access network device. This application does not limit this.
具体地,该方法包括:获取第二消息,该第二消息用于终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的确定,该第一测量配置为源接入网设备指示该终端设备进入去活动态时配置给该终端设备的,且该第一测量配置包括用于该终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数;向该终端设备发送该第二消息。Specifically, the method includes: acquiring a second message for determining whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration is the source access network device indication The terminal device is configured to the terminal device when it enters the inactive state, and the first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in the inactive state; the second message is sent to the terminal device.
换句话说,终端设备可以根据该第二消息,确定是否基于第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量。其中关于第一测量配置的相关说明参考第一方面中的相关描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。In other words, the terminal device can determine whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message. For the related description of the first measurement configuration, refer to the related description in the first aspect. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
基于上述方案,终端设备在从一个小区(例如记作源小区)移动到另一个小区(例如记作目标小区)的过程中,可以保留从源接入网设备接收到的测量配置(例如上述第一测量配置)。目标接入网设备可以指示终端设备是否可以继续沿用第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数。在终端设备可以继续沿用第一测量配置中的全部参数的情况下,目标接入网设备可以不必通过额外的空口开销来向终端设备发送用于测量的参数,而仅需通过少量的几个指示比特来指示终端设备继续基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。在可以继续沿用第一测量配置中的部分参数的情况下,目标接入网设备也可以将附加的用于测量的参数发送给终端设备,而不需要将全部的配置参数发给终端设备,从而也可以减小配置带来的空口开销。如此一来,接入网设备可以不必在每一次配置终端设备进入去活动态或空闲态时为终端设备发送测量配置,可以节省频繁地测量配置带来的空口开销。Based on the above solution, the terminal device can retain the measurement configuration received from the source access network device (for example, the above-mentioned first cell) when moving from one cell (for example, the source cell) to another cell (for example, the target cell). One measurement configuration). The target access network device may indicate whether the terminal device can continue to use some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. In the case that the terminal device can continue to use all the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the target access network device may not need to use additional air interface overhead to send the measurement parameters to the terminal device, but only need to pass a few instructions Bit to instruct the terminal device to continue measuring based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. In the case that part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration can continue to be used, the target access network device can also send additional measurement parameters to the terminal device, instead of sending all configuration parameters to the terminal device. The air interface overhead caused by configuration can also be reduced. In this way, the access network device does not need to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device every time the terminal device is configured to enter the inactive or idle state, which can save air interface overhead caused by frequent measurement configuration.
在本申请实施例中,上述第二消息可以是由目标接入网设备自行生成的,也可以是由该目标接入网设备从源接入网设备接收到的。本申请对此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the aforementioned second message may be generated by the target access network device itself, or may be received by the target access network device from the source access network device. This application does not limit this.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些可能的实现方式中,所述获取第二消息,包括:基于从源接入网设备接收到的终端设备的上下文,生成该第二消息。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementations of the second aspect, the acquiring the second message includes: generating the second message based on the context of the terminal device received from the source access network device.
也就是说,该目标接入网设备可以从源接入网设备获取到该终端设备的上下文。由此,该目标接入网设备成为了该终端设备的新的源接入网设备。该终端设备的新的源接入网设备(也就是上述目标接入网设备)可以自行决定该终端设备是否需要基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量,因此可自行生成该第二消息。In other words, the target access network device can obtain the context of the terminal device from the source access network device. Thus, the target access network device becomes the new source access network device of the terminal device. The new source access network device of the terminal device (that is, the above-mentioned target access network device) can determine by itself whether the terminal device needs to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and therefore can generate the second message by itself.
可选地,该方法还包括:接收来自源接入网设备的时间信息,该时间信息用于确定终 端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长。Optionally, the method further includes: receiving time information from the source access network device, where the time information is used to determine the duration for the terminal device to continue measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
该终端设备的旧的源接入网设备(也就是上述源接入网设备)可以进一步向新的源接入网设备(也就是上述目标接入网设备)发送时间信息,以指示终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长。该终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长也就是该第一测量配置生效的剩余时长。换句话说,在终端设备基于该第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长为零时,该第一测量配置也就相应地失效了。一旦该第一测量配置失效,保存该第一测量配置的终端设备和接入网设备便可以各自删除该第一测量配置。例如,获取到该第一测量配置的目标接入网设备可以在第一测量配置失效后删除第一测量配置。相应地,终端设备也可在第一测量配置失效后删除该第一测量配置。目标接入网设备作为新的源接入网设备,也就不必再向新的目标接入网设备发送该第一测量配置了,从而避免不必要的开销。The old source access network device of the terminal device (that is, the above-mentioned source access network device) can further send time information to the new source access network device (that is, the above-mentioned target access network device) to instruct the terminal device based on The first measurement configuration continues to measure the length of time. The time period during which the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration is the remaining time period during which the first measurement configuration takes effect. In other words, when the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration for zero duration, the first measurement configuration is correspondingly invalid. Once the first measurement configuration becomes invalid, the terminal device and the access network device that saved the first measurement configuration can delete the first measurement configuration respectively. For example, the target access network device that has acquired the first measurement configuration may delete the first measurement configuration after the first measurement configuration becomes invalid. Correspondingly, the terminal device may also delete the first measurement configuration after the first measurement configuration becomes invalid. As the target access network device is the new source access network device, it is no longer necessary to send the first measurement configuration to the new target access network device, thereby avoiding unnecessary overhead.
可选地,该时间信息具体指示以下一项或多项:源接入网设备向终端设备发送第一测量配置的时刻;源接入网设备基于第一测量配置中的测量有效时长确定的剩余时长;以及基于第一测量配置进行测量的已用时长。Optionally, the time information specifically indicates one or more of the following: the moment when the source access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device; the remaining time determined by the source access network device based on the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration Duration; and the elapsed duration of the measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
应理解,上文仅为示例,列举了可用于确定终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长的信息,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请对于该时间信息具体指示的信息不作限定。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an example, and lists information that can be used to determine the duration for the terminal device to continue to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, but this should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not limit the information specifically indicated by the time information.
可选地,该时间信息携带在所述终端设备的上下文中。Optionally, the time information is carried in the context of the terminal device.
即,源接入网设备可以将该时间信息携带在该终端设备的上下文中,发送给目标接入网设备。换句话说,上述时间信息可以认为是该终端设备的上下文中的一部分信息。That is, the source access network device can carry the time information in the context of the terminal device and send it to the target access network device. In other words, the above-mentioned time information can be considered as part of the information in the context of the terminal device.
当然,该源接入网设备也可以通过其他已有或新增的信令向终端设备发送该时间信息。本申请对此不作限定。Of course, the source access network device may also send the time information to the terminal device through other existing or newly added signaling. This application does not limit this.
可选地,该终端设备的上下文中还包括第一测量配置中的至少部分参数。Optionally, the context of the terminal device also includes at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
为了方便目标接入网设备确定终端设备是否需要基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量,源接入网设备还可以将第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数也发送给该目标接入网设备。之所以可以将该第一测量配置中的部分参数发送给目标接入网设备,是因为有些参数可能在其他信息中指示。比如上述时间信息。若源接入网设备通过时间信息指示了终端设备基于第一测量配置继续测量的时长,则源接入网设备可以不必再将第一测量配置中的测量有效时长发送给目标接入网设备。应理解,这里仅为便于理解而示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。源接入网设备也可以将第一测量配置中的全部参数发送给目标接入网设备。In order to facilitate the target access network device to determine whether the terminal device needs to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the source access network device may also send some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration to the target access network device . The reason why some parameters in the first measurement configuration can be sent to the target access network device is because some parameters may be indicated in other information. For example, the above time information. If the source access network device indicates the duration for the terminal device to continue measuring based on the first measurement configuration through the time information, the source access network device does not need to send the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration to the target access network device. It should be understood that this is only an example for ease of understanding, and should not constitute any limitation to the application. The source access network device may also send all the parameters in the first measurement configuration to the target access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,该第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数也可以作为终端设备的上下文的一部分,发送给该目标接入网设备。In a possible design, some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration may also be sent to the target access network device as a part of the context of the terminal device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述获取第二消息,包括:接收来自源接入网设备的上下文获取失败消息,该上下文获取失败消息中携带所第二消息,该上下文获取失败消息用于指示对终端设备的上下文获取失败。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the acquiring the second message includes: receiving a context acquisition failure message from the source access network device, where the context acquisition failure message carries the second message, The context acquisition failure message is used to indicate that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails.
也就是说,该目标接入网设备未能成功获取到该终端设备的上下文。该目标接入网设备未能成为该终端设备的新的源接入网设备。即,该终端设备的源接入网设备未发生变化。此情况下,该源接入网设备可以生成第二消息,并将该第二消息携带在上下文获取失败消息中发送给目标接入网设备。目标接入网设备在接收到该上下文获取失败消息后,便可以确定对该终端设备的上下文获取失败,并将该上下文获取失败消息中的第二消息直接转发 给终端设备。That is, the target access network device failed to successfully obtain the context of the terminal device. The target access network device fails to become the new source access network device of the terminal device. That is, the source access network device of the terminal device has not changed. In this case, the source access network device may generate a second message, carry the second message in a context acquisition failure message, and send it to the target access network device. After receiving the context acquisition failure message, the target access network device can determine that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails, and directly forward the second message in the context acquisition failure message to the terminal device.
可选地,该上下文获取失败消息中还包括第二测量配置或第三测量配置,该第二测量配置包括用于该终端设备进行测量的参数,该第三测量配置中包括附加的用于该终端设备进行测量的参数。Optionally, the context acquisition failure message further includes a second measurement configuration or a third measurement configuration, the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement, and the third measurement configuration includes additional The parameters measured by the terminal equipment.
如果源接入网设备为终端设备配置了新的用于测量的参数,则源接入网设备也可以通过目标接入网设备转发给终端设备。该新的用于测量的参数可以是第二测量配置,可用于替换第一测量配置;也可以是第三测量配置,可用于与第一测量配置进行delta配置。本申请对此不作限定。If the source access network device configures a new measurement parameter for the terminal device, the source access network device can also forward it to the terminal device through the target access network device. The new parameter used for measurement may be the second measurement configuration, which can be used to replace the first measurement configuration, or the third measurement configuration, which can be used for delta configuration with the first measurement configuration. This application does not limit this.
在一种可能的设计中,该第二测量配置或第三测量配置可以携带在第二消息中,该上下文获取失败消息可以将该第二消息发送给目标接入网设备,以通过该目标接入网设备将第二消息转发给终端设备。In a possible design, the second measurement configuration or the third measurement configuration may be carried in a second message, and the context acquisition failure message may send the second message to the target access network device to pass the target access The network access device forwards the second message to the terminal device.
基于上述方案,接入网设备(例如可以是源接入网设备或目标接入网设备)可以根据需求进行合理地判断。在必要的情况下,向终端设备发送新配置的参数。而在不必要的情况下,不发送测量配置,避免不必要的空口开销。从而可以较大程度地减小为终端设备配置参数带来的开销。同时又兼顾了测量效果,从而有利于在开销和测量效果之间获得较高的折衷效率。Based on the above solution, the access network device (for example, the source access network device or the target access network device) can make reasonable judgments according to requirements. If necessary, send the newly configured parameters to the terminal device. In unnecessary cases, the measurement configuration is not sent to avoid unnecessary air interface overhead. This can greatly reduce the cost of configuring parameters for the terminal device. At the same time, the measurement effect is taken into account, which is beneficial to obtain a higher compromise efficiency between the cost and the measurement effect.
第三方面,提供了一种通信方法。该通信方法例如可以由源接入网设备执行,或者,也可以由源接入网设备中的部件(如电路或芯片)执行。本申请对此不作限定。In the third aspect, a communication method is provided. The communication method may be executed by, for example, a source access network device, or may also be executed by a component (such as a circuit or a chip) in the source access network device. This application does not limit this.
具体地,该方法可以包括:生成时间信息,所述时间信息用于确定终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长,该第一测量配置是指示终端设备进入去活动态时配置给终端设备的,且该第一测量配置包括用于该终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数;向目标接入网设备发送该时间信息。Specifically, the method may include: generating time information, the time information being used to determine the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on a first measurement configuration that is configured to the terminal device when the terminal device is instructed to enter an inactive state , And the first measurement configuration includes parameters used for the terminal device to perform measurement in the inactive state; sending the time information to the target access network device.
也就是说,源接入网设备可以生成时间信息,并将该时间信息发送给目标接入网设备。由此目标接入网设备可以根据该时间信息确定终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长。That is, the source access network device can generate time information and send the time information to the target access network device. Therefore, the target access network device can determine, according to the time information, the length of time for the terminal device to continue the measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
可选地,该时间信息具体指示以下一项或多项:源接入网设备向终端设备发送第一测量配置的时刻;源接入网设备基于第一测量配置中的测量有效时长确定的剩余时长;以及基于第一测量配置进行测量的已用时长。Optionally, the time information specifically indicates one or more of the following: the moment when the source access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device; the remaining time determined by the source access network device based on the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration Duration; and the elapsed duration of the measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
应理解,上文仅为示例,列举了可用于确定终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长的信息,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请对于该时间信息具体指示的信息不作限定。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an example, and lists information that can be used to determine the duration for the terminal device to continue to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, but this should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not limit the information specifically indicated by the time information.
可选地,该时间信息携带在终端设备的上下文中。上述向目标接入网设备发送时间信息,包括:向目标接入网设备发送终端设备的上下文,该终端设备的上下文中包括时间信息。Optionally, the time information is carried in the context of the terminal device. The foregoing sending time information to the target access network device includes: sending the context of the terminal device to the target access network device, and the context of the terminal device includes the time information.
也就是说,该源接入网设备可以将该终端设备的上下文发送给目标接入网设备。由此,目标接入网设备可以称为该终端设备的新的源接入网设备。在此情况下,旧的源接入网设备(即上述源接入网设备)可以将时间信息发送给新的源接入网设备(即上述目标接入网设备),以便于该新的源接入网设备确定该终端设备继续基于第一测量配置进行测量的时长。该终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长也就是该第一测量配置生效的剩余 时长。换句话说,在终端设备基于该第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长为零时,该第一测量配置也就相应地失效了。一旦该第一测量配置失效,保存该第一测量配置的终端设备和接入网设备便可以各自删除该第一测量配置。例如,获取到该第一测量配置在目标接入网设备可以在第一测量配置失效后删除该第一测量配置。相应地,该终端设备也可以在第一测量配置失效后删除该第一测量配置。目标接入网设备作为新的源接入网设备,也就不必再向新的目标接入网设备发送该第一测量配置了,从而避免不必要的开销。In other words, the source access network device can send the context of the terminal device to the target access network device. Therefore, the target access network device can be referred to as the new source access network device of the terminal device. In this case, the old source access network device (that is, the aforementioned source access network device) can send time information to the new source access network device (that is, the aforementioned target access network device) to facilitate the new source The access network device determines the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration. The time period during which the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration is the remaining time period during which the first measurement configuration takes effect. In other words, when the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration for zero duration, the first measurement configuration is correspondingly invalid. Once the first measurement configuration becomes invalid, the terminal device and the access network device that saved the first measurement configuration can delete the first measurement configuration respectively. For example, acquiring the first measurement configuration in the target access network device may delete the first measurement configuration after the first measurement configuration becomes invalid. Correspondingly, the terminal device may also delete the first measurement configuration after the first measurement configuration becomes invalid. As the target access network device is the new source access network device, it is no longer necessary to send the first measurement configuration to the new target access network device, thereby avoiding unnecessary overhead.
可选地,该终端设备的上下文中还包括所述第一测量配置的至少部分参数。Optionally, the context of the terminal device also includes at least part of the parameters of the first measurement configuration.
关于该终端设备的上下文包括第一测量配置的至少部分参数的相关说明可以参看第二方面中的相关描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。For the relevant description about the context of the terminal device including at least part of the parameters of the first measurement configuration, please refer to the relevant description in the second aspect. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
第四方面,提供了一种通信方法。该通信方法例如可以由源接入网设备执行,或者,也可以由源接入网设备中的部件(如电路或芯片)执行。本申请对此不作限定。In the fourth aspect, a communication method is provided. The communication method may be executed by, for example, a source access network device, or may also be executed by a component (such as a circuit or a chip) in the source access network device. This application does not limit this.
具体地,该方法可以包括:生成第二消息,该第二消息用于是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的确定,该第一测量配置是指示终端设备进入去活动态时配置给终端设备的,且该第一测量配置包括用于终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数;通过目标接入网设备向该终端设备发送该第二消息。Specifically, the method may include: generating a second message for determining whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration is to instruct the terminal device to enter the inactive state. For a terminal device, and the first measurement configuration includes parameters used for the terminal device to perform measurement in an inactive state; the second message is sent to the terminal device through the target access network device.
在本实施例中,该第二消息可以由源接入网设备生成。该源接入网设备可以通过目标接入网设备将该第二消息转发给终端设备。此情况下,该源接入网设备仍然是该终端设备的源接入网设备。In this embodiment, the second message may be generated by the source access network device. The source access network device may forward the second message to the terminal device through the target access network device. In this case, the source access network device is still the source access network device of the terminal device.
可选地,通过目标接入网设备向该终端设备发送该第二消息,包括:Optionally, sending the second message to the terminal device through the target access network device includes:
向目标接入网设备发送上下文获取失败消息,该上下文获取失败消息中包括该第二消息,该上下文获取失败消息用于指示对该终端设备的上下文获取失败,该第二消息是发送给该终端设备的消息。Send a context acquisition failure message to the target access network device, the context acquisition failure message includes the second message, the context acquisition failure message is used to indicate that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails, and the second message is sent to the terminal The message of the device.
由于源接入网设备未将终端设备的上下文发送给目标接入网设备。该源接入网设备仍然是该终端设备的源接入网设备,可以决定该终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。源接入网设备可以通过上下文获取失败消息携带该第二消息。一方面通知目标接入网设备对该终端设备的上下文获取失败,一方面通过该目标接入网设备向终端设备发送该第二消息。Because the source access network device does not send the context of the terminal device to the target access network device. The source access network device is still the source access network device of the terminal device, and it may be determined whether the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. The source access network device may carry the second message through the context acquisition failure message. On the one hand, the target access network device is notified that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails, and on the other hand, the second message is sent to the terminal device through the target access network device.
可选地,该上下文获取失败消息中还包括第二测量配置或第三测量配置,该第二测量配置包括用于终端设备进行测量的参数,该第三测量配置包括附加的用于该终端设备进行测量的参数。Optionally, the context acquisition failure message further includes a second measurement configuration or a third measurement configuration, the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement, and the third measurement configuration includes additional measurements for the terminal device The parameter to be measured.
关于上下文获取失败消息中包括第二测量配置或第三测量配置的相关说明可以参看第二方面中的相关描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。For the related description about the second measurement configuration or the third measurement configuration included in the context acquisition failure message, refer to the related description in the second aspect, and for brevity, it will not be repeated here.
基于上述方案,源接入网设备可以根据需求进行合理地判断。在必要的情况下,向终端设备发送新配置的参数。而在不必要的情况下,不发送测量配置,避免不必要的空口开销。从而可以较大程度地减小为终端设备配置参数带来的开销。同时又兼顾了测量效果,从而有利于在开销和测量效果之间获得较高的折衷效率。Based on the above solution, the source access network equipment can make reasonable judgments according to requirements. If necessary, send the newly configured parameters to the terminal device. In unnecessary cases, the measurement configuration is not sent to avoid unnecessary air interface overhead. This can greatly reduce the cost of configuring parameters for the terminal device. At the same time, the measurement effect is taken into account, which is beneficial to obtain a higher compromise efficiency between the cost and the measurement effect.
结合第二方面至第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第二消息包括用于指示是否基于该第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的信息。With reference to the second aspect to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the second message includes information for indicating whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
结合第二方面至第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第二消息包括用于指示重启 定时器或继续运行定时器的信息;该定时器基于该第一测量配置启动,且该定时器的运行时长为该第一测量配置中包括的测量有效时长。With reference to the second to fourth aspects, in some possible implementation manners, the second message includes information for instructing restarting the timer or continuing to run the timer; the timer is started based on the first measurement configuration, and the The running duration of the timer is the effective duration of the measurement included in the first measurement configuration.
结合第二方面至第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第二消息包括第二测量配置,该第二测量配置包括用于该终端设备进行测量的参数。With reference to the second to fourth aspects, in some possible implementation manners, the second message includes a second measurement configuration, and the second measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement.
结合第二方面至第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第二消息包括第三测量配置,该第三测量配置包括附加的用于该终端设备进行测量的参数。With reference to the second aspect to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the second message includes a third measurement configuration, and the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters used for measurement by the terminal device.
结合第一方面至第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第二消息为用于释放无线资源控制RRC连接的消息。With reference to the first aspect to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the second message is a message used to release a radio resource control RRC connection.
可选地,该第二消息为RRC释放(RRC release)消息,或,RRC连接释放(RRC connection release)消息。Optionally, the second message is an RRC release (RRC release) message, or an RRC connection release (RRC connection release) message.
在本申请实施例中,目标接入网设备可以通过第二消息显式或隐式地指示终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量。有关第二消息所包含的信息及其功能的相关说明可参考第一方面中的相关描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the target access network device may explicitly or implicitly indicate through the second message whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. For related descriptions of the information contained in the second message and its functions, please refer to the related descriptions in the first aspect. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, including various modules or units for executing the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为终端设备。当该通信装置为终端设备时,所述通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In an implementation manner, the communication device is a terminal device. When the communication device is a terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片时,所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device. When the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
可选地,所述收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,所述输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including various modules or units for executing the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为接入网设备。当该通信装置为接入网设备时,所述通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In an implementation manner, the communication device is an access network device. When the communication device is an access network device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于接入网设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于接入网设备中的芯片时,所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip configured in an access network device. When the communication device is a chip configured in an access network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
可选地,所述收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,所述输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行第三方面或第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes various modules or units for executing the method in any one of the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第三方面或第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选 地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the foregoing third aspect or the fourth aspect. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为接入网设备。当该通信装置为接入网设备时,所述通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In an implementation manner, the communication device is an access network device. When the communication device is an access network device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于接入网设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于接入网设备中的芯片时,所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip configured in an access network device. When the communication device is a chip configured in an access network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
第十一方面,提供了一种处理器,包括:输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。所述处理电路用于通过所述输入电路接收信号,并通过所述输出电路发射信号,使得所述处理器执行上述第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a processor is provided, including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect to the fourth aspect.
在具体实现过程中,上述处理器可以为芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the foregoing processor may be a chip, the input circuit may be an input pin, the output circuit may be an output pin, and the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits. The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and output The circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
第十二方面,提供了一种装置,包括处理器和存储器。该处理器用于读取存储器中存储的指令,并可通过接收器接收信号,通过发射器发射信号,以执行第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a device is provided, including a processor and a memory. The processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a receiver, and transmit signals through a transmitter, so as to execute the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect to the fourth aspect.
可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
在具体实现过程中,存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(read only memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read only memory (ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of memory and the setting mode of the memory and the processor.
应理解,相关的数据交互过程例如发送指示信息可以为从处理器输出指示信息的过程,接收能力信息可以为处理器接收输入能力信息的过程。具体地,处理输出的数据可以输出给发射器,处理器接收的输入数据可以来自接收器。其中,发射器和接收器可以统称为收发器。It should be understood that the related data interaction process, for example, sending instruction information may be a process of outputting instruction information from the processor, and receiving capability information may be a process of the processor receiving input capability information. Specifically, the processed output data may be output to the transmitter, and the input data received by the processor may come from the receiver. Among them, the transmitter and receiver can be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
上述第十二方面中的装置可以是芯片,该处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现,当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,该存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于该处理器之外,独立存在。The device in the above-mentioned twelfth aspect may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software At this time, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory. The memory may be integrated in the processor, may be located outside the processor, and exist independently.
第十三方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute the first aspect to The method in any possible implementation manner in the fourth aspect.
第十四方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided, and the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also called code, or instruction) when it runs on a computer, so that the computer executes the first aspect to The method in any possible implementation manner in the fourth aspect.
第十五方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括前述的接入网设备和终端设备。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, including the aforementioned access network equipment and terminal equipment.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是适用于本申请实施例提供的方法的通信系统的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for the method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请一实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图;FIG. 3 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的结构示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的接入网设备的结构示意图。Figure 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR),车到其它设备(vehicle-to-X V2X),其中V2X可以包括车到互联网(vehicle to network,V2N)、车到车(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)、车到基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure,V2I)、车到行人(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)等、车间通信长期演进技术(Long Term Evolution-Vehicle,LTE-V)、车联网、机器类通信(machine type communication,MTC)、物联网(Internet of things,IoT)、机器间通信长期演进技术(Long Term Evolution-Machine,LTE-M),机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex) , TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) Communication System, Future 5th Generation (5G) System or New Wireless ( new radio, NR), vehicle-to-X (V2X), where V2X can include vehicle-to-network (V2N), vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), and vehicle-to-infrastructure ( vehicle to infrastructure (V2I), vehicle to pedestrian (V2P), etc., Long Term Evolution-Vehicle (LTE-V) for workshop communication, Internet of Vehicles, machine type communication (MTC), Internet of Things (IoT), Long Term Evolution-Machine (LTE-M), Machine to Machine (M2M), etc.
本申请实施例中,接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。该设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved Node B,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G(如NR)系统中的gNB或传输点(TRP或TP),或者,5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。In the embodiments of the present application, an access network (radio access network, RAN) device may be any device with a wireless transceiver function. This equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC) , Base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved Node B, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system The access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., can also be 5G (such as NR). ) The gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP) in the system, or one or a group of antenna panels (including multiple antenna panels) of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or transmission point, Such as baseband unit (BBU), or distributed unit (DU), etc.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能,比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、介质接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最 终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,接入网设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。In some deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). CU implements some functions of gNB, and DU implements some functions of gNB. For example, CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) The function of the layer. The DU is responsible for processing the physical layer protocol and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, medium access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer. AAU realizes some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by DU , Or, sent by DU+AAU. It is understandable that the access network device may be a device including one or more of the CU node, the DU node, and the AAU node.
需要说明的是,CU可以被划分为接入网设备,也可以被划分为核心网(core network,CN)设备,本申请对此不做限定。在本申请实施例中,为便于理解和说明,将CU划分为接入网设备。It should be noted that the CU may be divided into an access network device or a core network (core network, CN) device, which is not limited in this application. In the embodiments of the present application, for ease of understanding and description, the CU is divided into access network equipment.
接入网设备为小区提供服务,终端设备通过接入网设备分配的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与小区进行通信。该小区可以属于宏基站(例如,宏eNB或宏gNB等),也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站。这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等。这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。The access network equipment provides services for the cell, and the terminal equipment communicates with the cell through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) allocated by the access network equipment. The cell may belong to a macro base station (for example, a macro eNB or a macro gNB, etc.), and may also belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell (small cell). The small cells here may include: metro cells, micro cells, pico cells, femto cells, and so on. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-rate data transmission services.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请的实施例中的终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、5G网络中的终端设备、未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备或者非公共网络中的终端设备等。In the embodiments of the present application, terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, Terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in unmanned driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety ( Wireless terminal in transportation safety), wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home (smart home), cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, wireless local Loop (wireless local loop, WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, 5G Terminal equipment in the network, terminal equipment in the public land mobile network (PLMN) that will evolve in the future, or terminal equipment in a non-public network, etc.
其中,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。Among them, wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are the general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
此外,终端设备还可以是物联网(Internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备。IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。In addition, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the Internet of Things (IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and interconnection of things.
本申请对于终端设备的具体形式不作限定。This application does not limit the specific form of the terminal device.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先结合图1详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。图1示出了适用于本申请实施例的通信方法和通信装置的通信系统的示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统100可以包括至少两个接入网设备,例如图1所示的接入网设备110和接入网 设备120;该通信系统100还可以包括至少一个终端设备,例如图1所示的终端设备130。其中,该终端设备130可以是移动的或固定的。接入网设备110和接入网设备120均为可以通过无线链路与终端设备130通信的设备,如基站或基站控制器等。每个接入网设备可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域(小区)内的终端设备进行通信。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiment of the present application, a communication system suitable for the embodiment of the present application is first described in detail with reference to FIG. 1. Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for the communication method and communication device of the embodiments of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the communication system 100 may include at least two access network devices, such as the access network device 110 and the access network device 120 shown in FIG. 1; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, For example, the terminal device 130 shown in FIG. 1. Wherein, the terminal device 130 may be mobile or fixed. Both the access network device 110 and the access network device 120 are devices that can communicate with the terminal device 130 via a wireless link, such as a base station or a base station controller. Each access network device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area, and can communicate with terminal devices located in the coverage area (cell).
图1示例性地示出了两个接入网设备和一个终端设备,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。可选地,该通信系统100可以包括更多个接入网设备,并且每个接入网设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备。可选地,该通信系统100还可以包括一个或多个核心网设备。本申请实施例对此不做限定。Fig. 1 exemplarily shows two access network devices and one terminal device, but this should not constitute any limitation to this application. Optionally, the communication system 100 may include more access network devices, and the coverage of each access network device may include other numbers of terminal devices. Optionally, the communication system 100 may also include one or more core network devices. The embodiments of this application do not limit this.
上述各个通信设备,如图1中的接入网设备110、接入网设备120或终端设备130,可以配置多个天线。该多个天线可以包括至少一个用于发送信号的发射天线和至少一个用于接收信号的接收天线。另外,各通信设备还附加地包括发射机链和接收机链,本领域普通技术人员可以理解,它们均可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。因此,接入网设备与终端设备之间可通过多天线技术通信。Each of the aforementioned communication devices, such as the access network device 110, the access network device 120, or the terminal device 130 in FIG. 1, may be configured with multiple antennas. The plurality of antennas may include at least one transmitting antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals. In addition, each communication device additionally includes a transmitter chain and a receiver chain. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that they can all include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (such as processors, modulators, multiplexers). , Demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.). Therefore, multi-antenna technology can be used to communicate between the access network device and the terminal device.
可选地,该无线通信系统100还可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例不限于此。Optionally, the wireless communication system 100 may also include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先对本申请中涉及到的术语作简单说明。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, first, a brief description of the terms involved in the present application is given.
1、RRC空闲(idle)态:也可以简称为空闲态。是终端设备的一种状态,在NR和LTE协议中有定义。处于空闲态的终端设备与接入网设备之间不存在RRC连接,从而可以达到省电的效果。但终端设备在接入网设备没有保存上下文(例如UE上下文(UE context)),即,接入网设备并不知道是否存在该终端设备。终端设备在所处的跟踪区(tracking area,TA)内已经被分配了唯一的标识。此外,终端设备已经在核心网注册,并在核心网中存在上下文。但终端设备与核心网设备之间不存在非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)信令的连接。1. The RRC idle state: it can also be referred to as the idle state for short. It is a state of terminal equipment, which is defined in the NR and LTE protocols. There is no RRC connection between the terminal device in the idle state and the access network device, so that the effect of power saving can be achieved. However, the terminal device does not save the context (for example, UE context) in the access network device, that is, the access network device does not know whether the terminal device exists. The terminal device has been assigned a unique identifier in the tracking area (TA) where it is located. In addition, the terminal device has been registered in the core network and has a context in the core network. However, there is no non-access stratum (NAS) signaling connection between the terminal equipment and the core network equipment.
2、RRC去活动态:终端设备的另一种状态,在NR协议中有定义。去活动态也可以称为RRC去活动态、RRC去激活态,或者简称去活动态、去激活态等。处于去活动态的终端设备和接入网设备之间断开了RRC连接,所不同的是,接入网设备可以保存处于去活动态的终端设备的上下文(例如UE context)。2. RRC inactive state: another state of terminal equipment, which is defined in the NR protocol. The deactivated state can also be called the RRC deactivated state, the RRC deactivated state, or simply the deactivated state, the deactivated state, etc. The RRC connection is disconnected between the terminal device in the inactive state and the access network device. The difference is that the access network device can save the context of the terminal device in the inactive state (for example, UE context).
在一种实现方式中,接入网设备可以通过RRC消息配置终端设备进入去活动态。例如,接入网设备可以通过用于释放RRC连接的RRC消息配置终端设备进入去活动态。上述用于释放RRC连接的消息例如可以是RRC释放(RRC release)消息。In an implementation manner, the access network device can configure the terminal device to enter the inactive state through the RRC message. For example, the access network device may configure the terminal device to enter the inactive state through the RRC message used to release the RRC connection. The foregoing message for releasing the RRC connection may be, for example, an RRC release (RRC release) message.
该RRC release消息可以指示终端设备进入空闲态或者去活动态。例如,该RRC release消息中可以包括某一信元(information element,IE),以用于指示终端设备是进入空闲态还是去活动态。例如,该信元可以是“挂起配置(suspendconfig)”。当RRC release消息中包含该信元时,指示终端设备进入去活动态;RRC release消息中不包含该信元时,指示终端设备进入空闲态。The RRC release message may indicate that the terminal device enters an idle state or an inactive state. For example, the RRC release message may include an information element (IE) to indicate whether the terminal device enters an idle state or an inactive state. For example, the cell may be "suspendconfig". When the RRC release message contains this cell, it indicates that the terminal device enters the inactive state; when the RRC release message does not contain the cell, it indicates the terminal device enters the idle state.
需要说明的是,在LTE中,也存在类似于去活动态的状态,被称为轻型连接态。用于配置终端设备进入轻型连接态的RRC消息例如可以是RRC连接释放(RRC connection  release)消息。It should be noted that in LTE, there is also a state similar to the inactive state, which is called the light connection state. The RRC message used to configure the terminal device to enter the light connection state may be, for example, an RRC connection release (RRC connection release) message.
下文中为方便说明,将具有上述特性的终端设备的状态统称为去活动态,以与RRC空闲态、RRC连接态区分。Hereinafter, for convenience of description, the states of the terminal devices with the above characteristics are collectively referred to as the inactive state to distinguish them from the RRC idle state and the RRC connected state.
应理解,这些终端设备的状态仅为便于区分而命名,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请也并不排除在未来的协议中定义其他可能的命名来替代现有命名,但具有相同或相似的特性。例如,轻型连接态被去活动态所替代。It should be understood that the states of these terminal devices are only named for easy distinction, and should not constitute any limitation in this application. This application does not exclude the definition of other possible names in future agreements to replace existing names, but with the same or similar characteristics. For example, the light connection state is replaced by the inactive state.
3、早期测量:为了可以快速地为接入网络的终端设备配置CA或DC,可以让处于非连接态的终端设备更早的进行测量。因此这种测量可以被称为早期测量(early measurement,EM)。具体地,接入网设备可以向终端设备发送测量配置,该测量配置中可以包括一项或多项用于测量的参数。终端设备可以根据早期测量配置中的参数进行测量并保存测量结果。与早期测量相对应,该测量配置可以称为早期测量配置(early measurement configuration,EMC)。该早期测量在NR协议中也可以体现为去活动态测量配置(measInactiveConfig)或空闲态测量配置(measIdleConfig)。例如,接入网设备例如可以在信元measInactiveConfig或measIdleConfig中配置用于测量的参数。3. Early measurement: In order to quickly configure CA or DC for the terminal equipment that accesses the network, the terminal equipment in the non-connected state can be measured earlier. Therefore, this kind of measurement can be called an early measurement (EM). Specifically, the access network device may send a measurement configuration to the terminal device, and the measurement configuration may include one or more parameters for measurement. The terminal device can measure and save the measurement results according to the parameters in the early measurement configuration. Corresponding to the early measurement, the measurement configuration may be referred to as an early measurement configuration (EMC). The early measurement in the NR protocol can also be embodied as inactive measurement configuration (measInactiveConfig) or idle measurement configuration (measIdleConfig). For example, the access network device may configure parameters for measurement in the cell measInactiveConfig or measIdleConfig, for example.
应理解,上文列举的名称仅为便于区分而示例的命名,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除在未来的协议中定义其他的名称来表达相同或相似含义的可能。It should be understood that the names listed above are merely exemplary names for easy distinction, and should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not exclude the possibility of defining other names to express the same or similar meanings in future agreements.
事实上,早期测量和早期测量配置是为了区分RRC连接态下的终端设备的测量和测量配置而命名。由于本申请并不涉及RRC连接态下的终端设备的测量和测量配置,因此无需通过早期测量和早期测量配置来与RRC连接态下的测量和测量配置区分。下文中所涉及的测量也就是上述早期测量,测量配置也就是上述早期测量配置。In fact, early measurement and early measurement configuration are named for distinguishing the measurement and measurement configuration of the terminal equipment in the RRC connection state. Since this application does not involve the measurement and measurement configuration of the terminal device in the RRC connected state, there is no need to distinguish it from the measurement and measurement configuration in the RRC connected state through early measurement and early measurement configuration. The measurement involved in the following is the aforementioned early measurement, and the measurement configuration is the aforementioned early measurement configuration.
应理解,上文列举的名称仅为便于区分而命名,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请也并不排除在未来的协议中定义其他可能的名称来替代上文列举的名称,但具有相同或相似特性的可能。It should be understood that the names listed above are only for easy distinction and should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not exclude the possibility of defining other possible names in future agreements to replace the names listed above, but with the same or similar characteristics.
测量配置可以包括测量目标。该测量目标例如可以通过频点和/或小区标识的形式来指示。其中,小区标识可以包括:小区全局标识(cell global identifier,CGI)、物理小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)、小区标识(cell identifier)中的至少一种。The measurement configuration may include measurement targets. The measurement target may be indicated in the form of frequency point and/or cell identification, for example. The cell identifier may include at least one of a cell global identifier (CGI), a physical cell identifier (PCI), and a cell identifier (cell identifier).
具体地,该测量目标可以仅包括频点,以指示对某一频点进行测量;该测量目标也可以包括频点和小区标识,该频点和小区标识(比如PCI)可用于指示对该频点下的某一小区进行测量。当小区标识为CGI时,可以唯一地确定一个小区,该测量目标也可以仅包括该小区标识,以指示对某一小区进行测量。Specifically, the measurement target may include only frequency points to indicate that a certain frequency point is measured; the measurement target may also include frequency points and cell identifiers, and the frequency points and cell identifiers (such as PCI) may be used to indicate the frequency point. Tap a certain cell to measure. When the cell identifier is a CGI, a cell can be uniquely determined, and the measurement target can also include only the cell identifier to indicate the measurement of a certain cell.
测量配置可以包括测量目标对应的同步信号/物理广播信道块((synchronization signal/physical broadcasting channel block,SS/PBCH block)测量时间配置(SS/PBCH block measurement timing configuration,SMTC)。该SMTC中例如可以包括终端设备接收SS/PBCH block的周期、长度和偏移量中的一项或多项。由此,终端设备可以根据SMTC接收SS/PBCH block。其中,SS/PBCH block有时也可以称为同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)。The measurement configuration may include the synchronization signal/physical broadcasting channel block (SS/PBCH block) corresponding to the measurement target and measurement time configuration (SS/PBCH block measurement timing configuration, SMTC). For example, the SMTC may be Including one or more of the period, length, and offset for the terminal device to receive the SS/PBCH block. Therefore, the terminal device can receive the SS/PBCH block according to the SMTC. Among them, the SS/PBCH block can sometimes be called synchronization Signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB).
测量配置例如可以包括测量有效时间。测量有效时间可以用于指示终端设备需要执行该测量的时间长度。终端设备在接收到该测量配置之后,可以启动定时器,该定时器的运行时长可以是该测量有效时间。该定时器停止或超期时,终端设备可以停止执行基于该测 量配置中的参数而进行的测量。The measurement configuration may include measurement valid time, for example. The measurement valid time can be used to indicate the length of time the terminal device needs to perform the measurement. After receiving the measurement configuration, the terminal device may start a timer, and the running time of the timer may be the effective time of the measurement. When the timer stops or expires, the terminal device can stop performing measurements based on the parameters in the measurement configuration.
测量配置例如可以又包括测量有效区域。该测量有效区域例如可以通过小区标识和/或区域标识等的形式示出。其中,该小区标识例如可以是CGI。该区域标识例如可以为跟踪区编码(tracking area code,TAC)和/或无线接入网区域码(RAN area code,RANAC)。当终端设备移动到测量有效区域之外,终端设备可以停止基于该测量配置中的参数而进行的测量。The measurement configuration may further include a measurement effective area, for example. The effective measurement area may be shown in the form of cell identification and/or area identification, for example. Wherein, the cell identity may be CGI, for example. The area identification may be, for example, a tracking area code (TAC) and/or a radio access network area code (RAN area code, RANAC). When the terminal device moves outside the effective measurement area, the terminal device can stop the measurement based on the parameters in the measurement configuration.
例如,假设终端设备可以获取测量有效时间和测量有效区域。当定时器运行时,若终端设备移动到测量有效区域之外,终端设备可以停止定时器,并停止基于该测量配置中的参数而进行的测量。For example, suppose that the terminal device can obtain the effective measurement time and effective area of the measurement. When the timer is running, if the terminal device moves outside the effective measurement area, the terminal device can stop the timer and stop the measurement based on the parameters in the measurement configuration.
应理解,上文列举的测量配置中所包含的参数仅为示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。测量配置中可以包括测量有效时间、测量目标、测量目标对应的SMTC和测量有效区域中的一项或多项参数,还可能包括其他更多的参数,为了简洁,这里不一一列举。It should be understood that the parameters included in the measurement configuration listed above are only examples and should not constitute any limitation to the application. The measurement configuration may include one or more parameters of the measurement effective time, the measurement target, the SMTC corresponding to the measurement target, and the measurement effective area, and may also include other more parameters. For the sake of brevity, they are not listed here.
需要说明的是,上述测量配置是一种泛指。上述测量配置中所包含的参数可以指同一测量配置中包含的参数,也可以指不同的测量配置包含的参数。即,上述测量配置的具体参数可以在同一测量配置中指示,也可以在不同的测量配置中指示,本申请实施例对此不做限定。比如,测量目标可以在系统消息携带的测量配置中指示,测量有效时间可以在RRC消息(如,RRC释放消息或RRC连接释放消息)携带的测量配置中指示。It should be noted that the above measurement configuration is a general reference. The parameters included in the foregoing measurement configuration may refer to the parameters included in the same measurement configuration, or may refer to the parameters included in different measurement configurations. That is, the specific parameters of the foregoing measurement configuration may be indicated in the same measurement configuration, or may be indicated in different measurement configurations, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the measurement target may be indicated in the measurement configuration carried in the system message, and the measurement effective time may be indicated in the measurement configuration carried in the RRC message (eg, RRC release message or RRC connection release message).
还需要说明的是,当终端设备接收到RRC消息中的测量配置和系统消息中的测量配置时,可以优先使用RRC消息中的测量配置。相对于系统消息而言,该RRC消息可以称为用于发送测量配置的专用信令。换句话说,终端设备可以优先使用从RRC消息中获取的用于测量的参数。当RRC消息中配置的参数有缺失时,比如RRC消息中未包含用于测量的某一项参数(如,测量目标)时,即,该专用信令未配置测量目标,终端设备可以从系统消息中获取该缺失的参数,如,上述测量目标。It should also be noted that when the terminal device receives the measurement configuration in the RRC message and the measurement configuration in the system message, it may preferentially use the measurement configuration in the RRC message. Compared with system messages, this RRC message can be referred to as dedicated signaling for sending measurement configuration. In other words, the terminal device can preferentially use the parameters used for measurement acquired from the RRC message. When the parameter configured in the RRC message is missing, for example, the RRC message does not contain a parameter used for measurement (such as a measurement target), that is, the dedicated signaling is not configured with a measurement target, and the terminal device can send a message from the system Obtain the missing parameter, such as the above measurement target.
基于测量,终端设备可以获得对测量目标的测量结果。终端设备从空闲态或去活动态发起接入请求,比如发送RRC建立请求(RRC setup request)、RRC恢复(RRC resume request)、RRC连接建立请求(RRC connection setup request)、RRC连接恢复(RRC connection resume request)等消息中的任意一项时,便可以上报该测量结果。例如,终端设备可以在接入网络后,比如终端设备接收到来自接入网设备的RRC建立(RRC setup)消息、RRC恢复(RRC resume)消息、RRC连接建立(RRC connection setup)消息或RRC连接恢复(RRC connection resume)消息等中的任意一项后,上报该测量结果。该测量结果例如可以包括小区标识和/或频点。进一步地,该测量结果可以包括小区的信号质量。该测量结果还可以包括波束标识,比如SSB索引(index)等,或者波束标识和波束对应的信号质量。Based on the measurement, the terminal device can obtain the measurement result of the measurement target. The terminal device initiates an access request from the idle or inactive state, such as sending RRC setup request (RRC setup request), RRC resume (RRC resume request), RRC connection setup request (RRC connection setup request), RRC connection recovery (RRC connection) When any item in the resume request) and other messages, the measurement result can be reported. For example, after the terminal device is connected to the network, for example, the terminal device receives an RRC setup (RRC setup) message, an RRC resume (RRC resume) message, an RRC connection setup (RRC connection setup) message, or an RRC connection from the access network device. After any one of the (RRC connection resume) messages, etc., the measurement result is reported. The measurement result may include, for example, a cell identity and/or frequency point. Further, the measurement result may include the signal quality of the cell. The measurement result may also include a beam identifier, such as an SSB index (index), or the beam identifier and the signal quality corresponding to the beam.
其中,信号质量例如可以包括接收信号码功率(received signal code power,RSCP)、参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality,RSRQ)、信噪比(signal noise ratio,SNR)、信号与干扰加噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR)、参考信号强度指示(reference signal strength indication,RSSI)或其它信号质量中的至少一种。信号质量例如可以是小区级的,波束级的,SS/PBCH block级的,参数集(numerology)级的,切片(slicing)级的,或带宽部分 (bandwidth part,BWP)级的。信号质量例如可以通过测量信道状态信息参考信号(channel-state information(CSI)reference signal,CSI-RS)、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)、小区参考信号(cell-specific reference signal,CRS)信号、同步信号(synchronization signal,SS)、SS/PBCH block或者其它下行信号中的至少一种获得。本申请对用于指示信号质量的相关参数以及用于获得信号质量的信号均不作限定。The signal quality may include, for example, received signal code power (RSCP), reference signal receiving power (RSRP), reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ), and signal-to-noise ratio (RSRP). At least one of signal noise ratio (SNR), signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), reference signal strength indication (RSSI), or other signal quality. The signal quality may be, for example, cell level, beam level, SS/PBCH block level, parameter set (numerology) level, slicing level, or bandwidth part (BWP) level. The signal quality can be measured, for example, by measuring channel-state information (CSI) reference signal (CSI-RS), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), and cell-specific reference signal (cell-specific reference signal, CRS). ) At least one of a signal, a synchronization signal (synchronization signal, SS), an SS/PBCH block, or other downlink signals. This application does not limit the related parameters used to indicate signal quality and the signal used to obtain signal quality.
4、源接入网设备与目标接入网设备:源接入网设备也可以称为锚点(anchor)接入网设备,例如源基站、锚点基站等。源接入网设备可以理解为存储有终端设备的上下文的接入网设备,和/或,配置终端设备进入去活动态的接入网设备。源接入网设备还可以为终端设备配置用于测量的参数,即,上文所述的早期测量配置中的参数。4. Source access network equipment and target access network equipment: The source access network equipment may also be called an anchor access network equipment, such as a source base station, an anchor base station, etc. The source access network device can be understood as an access network device that stores the context of the terminal device, and/or an access network device that configures the terminal device to enter an inactive state. The source access network device can also configure parameters for measurement for the terminal device, that is, the parameters in the early measurement configuration described above.
目标接入网设备也可以称为新接入网设备,例如目标基站、新基站等。The target access network device may also be called a new access network device, such as a target base station, a new base station, and so on.
由于终端设备的移动性,终端设备下一次向网络发起业务请求时,可能位于目标接入网设备的覆盖范围内。终端设备可以向该目标接入网设备发起业务请求。目标接入网设备可以向源接入网设备请求获取该终端设备的上下文。若目标接入网设备从源接入网设备获取到终端设备的上下文,则该目标接入网设备成为新的源接入网设备;若目标接入网设备从源接入网设备未获取到该终端设备的上下文,当源接入网设备向该目标接入网设备发送了给终端设备的信令,比如RRC释放消息或者RRC连接释放消息,该目标接入网设备可以转发源接入网设备的信令给终端设备。在此情况下,该终端设备的源接入网设备未发生变化。该源接入网设备可以通过上述信令配置终端设备进入去活动态或空闲态,也可以通过上述信令为该终端设备配置新的用于测量的参数。虽然在终端设备看来,这些信令都是从目标接入网设备接收到的,但事实上,这些信令是源接入网设备生成,并经目标接入网设备转发给终端设备的。Due to the mobility of the terminal device, the next time the terminal device initiates a service request to the network, it may be located within the coverage of the target access network device. The terminal device can initiate a service request to the target access network device. The target access network device may request the source access network device to obtain the context of the terminal device. If the target access network device obtains the context of the terminal device from the source access network device, the target access network device becomes the new source access network device; if the target access network device does not obtain the context from the source access network device The context of the terminal device. When the source access network device sends a signaling to the terminal device to the target access network device, such as an RRC release message or an RRC connection release message, the target access network device can forward the source access network The signaling of the device is to the terminal device. In this case, the source access network device of the terminal device has not changed. The source access network device can configure the terminal device to enter the inactive state or the idle state through the above-mentioned signaling, and can also configure the terminal device with new measurement parameters through the above-mentioned signaling. Although from the perspective of the terminal device, these signalings are received from the target access network device, but in fact, these signalings are generated by the source access network device and forwarded to the terminal device via the target access network device.
为便于理解,下面结合图1所示的系统为例来说明源接入网设备和目标接入网设备。假设接入网设备110原本是终端设备130的源接入网设备。终端设备130移动至接入网设备120的覆盖范围内,向接入网设备120发送业务请求时,接入网设备120成为该终端设备130的目标接入网设备。接入网设备120可以向接入网设备110请求获取终端设备130的上下文。若接入网设备120获取到该终端设备130的上下文,则该接入网设备120成为该终端设备130的新的源接入网设备;若接入网设备120未获取到该终端设备130的上下文,则接入网设备110仍然为该终端设备130的源接入网设备。For ease of understanding, the source access network device and the target access network device are described below with reference to the system shown in FIG. 1 as an example. Assume that the access network device 110 is originally the source access network device of the terminal device 130. When the terminal device 130 moves into the coverage area of the access network device 120 and sends a service request to the access network device 120, the access network device 120 becomes the target access network device of the terminal device 130. The access network device 120 may request the access network device 110 to obtain the context of the terminal device 130. If the access network device 120 obtains the context of the terminal device 130, the access network device 120 becomes the new source access network device of the terminal device 130; if the access network device 120 does not obtain the terminal device 130's context Context, the access network device 110 is still the source access network device of the terminal device 130.
在本申请实施例中,源接入网设备与目标接入网设备可以是不同的接入网设备。例如,源接入网设备和目标接入网设备是不同的基站,如上文所述的NB、eNB、gNB、TRP等。In the embodiment of the present application, the source access network device and the target access network device may be different access network devices. For example, the source access network device and the target access network device are different base stations, such as the NB, eNB, gNB, TRP, etc. described above.
如前所述,在一些可能的部署中,gNB可以包括CU和DU。在这种部署下,上述源接入网设备与目标接入网设备是不同的接入网设备具体可以是指,源接入网设备与目标接入网设备是不同的CU。As mentioned earlier, in some possible deployments, gNB may include CU and DU. Under this deployment, the source access network device and the target access network device are different access network devices, which may specifically refer to that the source access network device and the target access network device are different CUs.
应理解,源接入网设备和目标接入网设备都是相对于终端设备而言的,任何一个接入网设备都可以作为终端设备的源接入网设备或目标接入网设备。例如一个接入网设备可以作为一个终端设备的源接入网设备,也可以同时作为另一个终端设备的目标接入网设备。本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that both the source access network device and the target access network device are relative to the terminal device, and any one of the access network devices can be used as the source access network device or the target access network device of the terminal device. For example, an access network device can serve as the source access network device of one terminal device, and can also serve as the target access network device of another terminal device at the same time. This application does not limit this.
当目标接入网设备成为了新的源接入网设备之后,可能会给终端设备配置新的用于测量的配置。由于终端设备的高移动性,终端设备可能会在多个小区之间移动,这种配置可 能会经常发生,因此带来了较大的信令开销。When the target access network device becomes the new source access network device, the terminal device may be configured with a new configuration for measurement. Due to the high mobility of the terminal equipment, the terminal equipment may move between multiple cells. This configuration may occur frequently, which brings a large signaling overhead.
有鉴于此,本申请提供一种通信方法,以期减小测量配置带来的信令开销。In view of this, this application provides a communication method to reduce the signaling overhead caused by the measurement configuration.
为便于理解本申请实施例,在介绍本申请实施例之前,先做出如下几点说明。To facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, before introducing the embodiments of the present application, the following descriptions are made.
第一,本申请实施例中所述的第一测量配置、第二测量配置、第三测量配置等均是指接入网设备通过专用信令而发送的测量配置。例如,通过RRC消息(如RRC释放消息或RRC连接释放消息等)发送的测量配置。First, the first measurement configuration, the second measurement configuration, and the third measurement configuration described in the embodiments of the present application all refer to the measurement configuration sent by the access network device through dedicated signaling. For example, measurement configuration sent through RRC messages (such as RRC release messages or RRC connection release messages, etc.).
终端设备处于某一接入网设备的覆盖区域中时,比如,处于某一接入网设备下的小区时,又可以通过系统消息获取用于测量的参数。但应注意,通过专用信令配置的参数的优先级高于通过系统消息配置的参数的优先级。当专用信令中未配置某一用于测量的参数X时,终端设备可以使用系统消息中的对应参数X进行测量。When the terminal device is in the coverage area of a certain access network device, for example, when it is in a cell under a certain access network device, the parameters used for measurement can be obtained through system messages. However, it should be noted that the priority of parameters configured through dedicated signaling is higher than that of parameters configured through system messages. When a parameter X for measurement is not configured in the dedicated signaling, the terminal device can use the corresponding parameter X in the system message to perform measurement.
第二,在本申请实施例中,“用于指示”可以包括用于直接指示和用于间接指示,也可以包括显式指示和隐式指示。将某一信息所指示的信息称为待指示信息,则具体实现过程中,对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接指示待指示信息,如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息,其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分,而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如,还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)是否存在某个信元来实现对待指示信息的指示,从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。Second, in the embodiments of the present application, "used to indicate" may include used for direct indication and used for indirect indication, and may also include explicit indication and implicit indication. The information indicated by a certain piece of information is called information to be indicated. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated. For example, but not limited to, the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated or the information to be indicated. Index of the information to be indicated, etc. The information to be indicated can also be indicated indirectly by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, and other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, it is also possible to use a pre-arranged (for example, protocol stipulation) whether there is a certain cell to indicate the information to be indicated, thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
第三,在下文示出的实施例中,第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同的测量配置、不同的字段等等。Third, in the embodiments shown below, the first, second, and various numerical numbers are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguish different measurement configurations, different fields, and so on.
第四,“预定义”或“预配置”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和接入网设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。其中,“保存”可以是指,保存在一个或者多个存储器中。所述一个或者多个存储器可以是单独的设置,也可以是集成在编码器或者译码器,处理器、或通信装置中。所述一个或者多个存储器也可以是一部分单独设置,一部分集成在译码器、处理器、或通信装置中。存储器的类型可以是任意形式的存储介质,本申请并不对此限定。Fourth, "pre-defined" or "pre-configured" can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment and access network equipment). There is no limitation on its specific implementation. Wherein, "saving" may refer to saving in one or more memories. The one or more memories may be provided separately, or integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The one or more memories may also be partly provided separately, and partly integrated in the decoder, processor, or communication device. The type of the memory may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
第五,本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。Fifth, the “protocols” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to standard protocols in the communication field, for example, may include LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, which are not limited in this application.
第六,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a、b和c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,或,b,或,c,或,a和b,或,a和c,或,b和c,或,a、b和c。其中a、b和c分别可以是单个,也可以是多个。Sixth, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, both A and B exist, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or plural items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, and c can mean: a, or, b, or, c, or, a and b, or, a and c, or, b and c, or, a , B, and c. Wherein, a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
第七,在本申请实施例中,“当……时”、“在……的情况下”、“若”以及“如果”等描述均指在某种客观情况下设备(如,下文所述的终端设备或者接入网设备)会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求设备(如,下文所述的终端设备或者接入网设备)在实现时一定要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。Seventh, in the embodiments of this application, descriptions such as "when", "in the case of...", "if" and "if" all refer to the equipment under certain objective circumstances (for example, as described below) The terminal equipment or the access network equipment) will make corresponding processing, which is not a time limit, and does not require the equipment (such as the terminal equipment or the access network equipment described below) to have a judgment action during implementation , Does not mean that there are other restrictions.
下面结合附图详细说明本申请实施例提供的方法。The method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings.
应理解,下文仅为便于理解和说明,以终端设备、第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备之间的交互为例详细说明本申请实施例提供的方法。但这不应对本申请提供的方法的执行主体构成任何限定。用于执行本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可。例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或接入网设备,或者,也可以是终端设备或接入网设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块,如,配置用于终端设备的部件(如芯片或电路)、配置用于接入网设备的部件(如芯片或电路)等。It should be understood that the following is only for ease of understanding and description, and the interaction between the terminal device, the first access network device, and the second access network device is taken as an example to describe in detail the method provided in the embodiment of the present application. However, this should not constitute any limitation on the execution subject of the method provided in this application. The execution subject for executing the method provided in the embodiment of the present application only needs to be able to communicate in accordance with the method provided in the embodiment of the present application by running a program that records the code of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or an access network device, or it may be a functional module in the terminal device or the access network device that can call and execute the program, for example, configured for Components of terminal equipment (such as chips or circuits), components (such as chips or circuits) configured to access network equipment, etc.
还应理解,本申请实施例中,终端设备和/或接入网设备可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部操作。It should also be understood that in this embodiment of the application, the terminal device and/or the access network device can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiment of the application. These steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the application can also perform other operations or Variations of various operations. In addition, each step may be executed in a different order presented in the embodiment of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all the operations in the embodiment of the present application.
图2是本申请一实施例提供的通信方法200的示意性流程图。如图2所示,该方法200可以包括步骤201至步骤215。下面详细说明方法200中的各步骤。FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 200 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2, the method 200 may include step 201 to step 215. The steps in the method 200 are described in detail below.
在步骤201中,第一接入网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于指示终端设备进入去活动态,该第一消息中包括第一测量配置。对应地,终端设备在步骤201中接收该第一消息。In step 201, the first access network device sends a first message, the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to enter the inactive state, and the first message includes the first measurement configuration. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first message in step 201.
在本申请实施例中,为便于区分和说明,将终端设备的源接入网设备记作第一接入网设备。该第一接入网设备为终端设备配置的用于测量的参数记作第一测量配置。该第一测量配置包括用于终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数。In the embodiments of the present application, for ease of distinction and description, the source access network device of the terminal device is recorded as the first access network device. The measurement parameters configured by the first access network device for the terminal device are recorded as the first measurement configuration. The first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in the inactive state.
可选地,该第一消息可以是用于释放RRC连接的消息。在NR中,该RRC消息例如可以是RRC释放(RRC release)消息。在LTE中,该RRC消息例如可以是RRC连接释放(RRC connection release)消息。Optionally, the first message may be a message for releasing the RRC connection. In NR, the RRC message may be, for example, an RRC release (RRC release) message. In LTE, the RRC message may be, for example, an RRC connection release (RRC connection release) message.
应理解,这里所列举的第一消息的具体名称仅为示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除在未来的定义其他消息用来实现相同或相似功能的可能。It should be understood that the specific name of the first message listed here is only an example, and should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not exclude the possibility of defining other messages to achieve the same or similar functions in the future.
当然,该第一消息也可以是其他可用于指示终端设备进入去活动态的消息。本申请对此不作限定。Of course, the first message may also be other messages that can be used to instruct the terminal device to enter the inactive state. This application does not limit this.
在步骤202中,终端设备根据第一消息,进入去活动态,并基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。In step 202, the terminal device enters the inactive state according to the first message, and performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
终端设备基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量,可以包括:终端设备仅基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量,或者,终端设备基于第一测量配置中的参数和系统消息中携带的测量配置中的参数进行测量。The terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, which may include: the terminal device performs measurement only based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, or the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the measurement configuration carried in the system message Measure the parameters in.
具体地,如前所述,在第一接入网设备为终端设备配置的第一测量配置中包含的参数有缺失时,终端设备可以从该第一接入网设备所覆盖的小区的系统消息中获取缺失的参数。此情况下,终端设备基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量,具体可以包括:终端设备基于第一测量配置中的参数和系统消息中携带的测量配置中的参数进行测量。Specifically, as mentioned above, when the parameters included in the first measurement configuration configured by the first access network device for the terminal device are missing, the terminal device can obtain information from the system information of the cell covered by the first access network device. Get missing parameters in. In this case, the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, which may specifically include: the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the measurement configuration carried in the system message.
当然,在有些情况下,该第一接入网设备为终端设备配置的第一测量配置中的参数没有缺失,终端设备可以不再从系统消息中获取其他参数。此情况下,终端设备可以仅基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。Of course, in some cases, the parameters in the first measurement configuration configured by the first access network device for the terminal device are not missing, and the terminal device may no longer obtain other parameters from the system message. In this case, the terminal device may only perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
终端设备在接收到该第一消息之后,可以挂起与第一接入网设备之间的RRC连接,进入去活动态。After receiving the first message, the terminal device may suspend the RRC connection with the first access network device and enter the inactive state.
进入去活动态的终端设备可以基于该第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。如前所述,该第一测量配置中包括测量有效时间,终端设备可以在接收到第一消息后启动定时器,该定时器的运行时长可以是该测量有效时间。一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以在接收到该第一消息后,进入去活动态。进入去活动态的终端设备可以基于该第一测量配置启动定时器;或者,终端设备也可以在进入去活动态的同时,基于第一测量配置启动定时器;又或者,终端设备也可以先基于第一测量配置启动定时器,再进入去活动态。本申请对此不作限定。The terminal device that enters the inactive state can perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. As mentioned above, the first measurement configuration includes the measurement effective time, the terminal device may start a timer after receiving the first message, and the running time of the timer may be the measurement effective time. In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device may enter the inactive state after receiving the first message. The terminal device entering the inactive state can start the timer based on the first measurement configuration; or the terminal device can also start the timer based on the first measurement configuration while entering the inactive state; or, the terminal device can also start the timer based on the first measurement configuration. The first measurement configuration starts the timer and then enters the inactive state. This application does not limit this.
在本申请实施例中,在该定时器的运行时长内,若终端设备移动出了测量有效区域,则终端设备不再执行该测量。同时,终端设备可以暂停定时器,或继续运行定时器。本申请对此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, within the running time of the timer, if the terminal device moves out of the effective measurement area, the terminal device no longer performs the measurement. At the same time, the terminal device can pause the timer or continue to run the timer. This application does not limit this.
若终端设备暂停定时器,则当终端设备由测量有效区域外移动至该测量有效区域内时,终端设备可以重启定时器,或继续运行定时器,本申请对终端设备对此不作限定。终端设备在重启或继续运行定时器后,可以继续根据第一测量配置的参数进行测量。可以理解,若终端设备重启定时器,该定时器的运行时长可以为第一测量配置中的测量有效时间;若终端设备继续运行定时器,该定时器的运行时长可以为剩余的测量有效时间。If the terminal device suspends the timer, when the terminal device moves from outside the measurement effective area to the measurement effective area, the terminal device can restart the timer or continue to run the timer, which is not limited by the application. After the terminal device restarts or continues to run the timer, it can continue to measure according to the parameters of the first measurement configuration. It can be understood that if the terminal device restarts the timer, the running time of the timer can be the measurement valid time in the first measurement configuration; if the terminal device continues to run the timer, the running time of the timer can be the remaining measurement valid time.
若终端设备继续运行定时器,则当终端设备在定时器到期前由测量有效区域外移动至该测量有效区域内时,终端设备可以继续执行测量。If the terminal device continues to run the timer, when the terminal device moves from outside the measurement effective area to the measurement effective area before the timer expires, the terminal device can continue to perform measurement.
若该第一测量配置未配置测量有效时间,则终端设备也可以启动定时器,以记录基于该第一测量配置中的参数进行测量的时长。或者,终端设备也可以不启动定时器。本申请对此不做限定。If the first measurement configuration is not configured with a measurement effective time, the terminal device may also start a timer to record the duration of measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. Alternatively, the terminal device may not start the timer. This application does not limit this.
由于终端设备的移动性,在下一次发起业务请求时,终端设备可能移动到了另一接入网设备的覆盖范围内。为便于区分和说明,将该另一接入网设备记作第二接入网设备。在本申请实施例中,该第二接入网设备为终端设备的目标接入网设备。Due to the mobility of the terminal device, the next time a service request is initiated, the terminal device may move within the coverage area of another access network device. For ease of distinction and description, the other access network device is recorded as the second access network device. In the embodiment of the present application, the second access network device is the target access network device of the terminal device.
终端设备可以执行步骤203,向第二接入网设备发送用于恢复RRC连接的请求。相应地,第二接入网设备在步骤203中接收用于恢复RRC连接的请求。The terminal device may perform step 203 to send a request for restoring the RRC connection to the second access network device. Correspondingly, the second access network device receives a request for restoring the RRC connection in step 203.
在NR中,用于恢复RRC连接的请求例如可以是RRC恢复请求(RRC resume request)。在LTE中,用于恢复RRC连接的请求例如可以是RRC连接复请求(RRC connection resume request)。In NR, the request for resuming the RRC connection may be, for example, an RRC resume request (RRC resume request). In LTE, the request for restoring the RRC connection may be, for example, an RRC connection resume request (RRC connection resume request).
应理解,上文列举的用于恢复RRC连接的请求的具体信令仅为示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除在未来的协议中定义其他消息来实现相同或相似功能的可能。It should be understood that the specific signaling used to restore the RRC connection request listed above is only an example, and should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not exclude the possibility of defining other messages in future agreements to achieve the same or similar functions.
在步骤204中,第二接入网设备发送第二消息,该第二消息用于指示终端设备进入去活动态或空闲态。相对应地,终端设备接收该第二消息,并在步骤205中,根据第二消息,进入去活动态或空闲态。In step 204, the second access network device sends a second message, which is used to instruct the terminal device to enter an inactive state or an idle state. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second message, and in step 205, enters the inactive state or the idle state according to the second message.
该第二消息可以是该第二接入网设备响应于终端设备发送的用于恢复RRC连接的请求,而向终端设备发送的消息;也可以是在该终端设备进入RRC连接态后,第二接入网设备配置终端设备进入去活动态或空闲态而向终端设备发送的消息。本申请对此不作限 定。The second message may be a message sent by the second access network device to the terminal device in response to the request for restoring the RRC connection sent by the terminal device; or after the terminal device enters the RRC connection state, the second The access network device configures the terminal device to enter the inactive state or idle state and sends a message to the terminal device. This application is not limited.
举例来说,第二接入网设备在接收到终端设备发送的用于恢复RRC连接的请求后,可以配置终端设备进入RRC连接态。例如,第二接入网设备可以向终端设备发送用于响应RRC恢复请求的消息。由此,终端设备可以进入RRC连接态,与第二接入网设备通信。For example, after receiving the request for restoring the RRC connection sent by the terminal device, the second access network device may configure the terminal device to enter the RRC connection state. For example, the second access network device may send a message for responding to the RRC recovery request to the terminal device. Thus, the terminal device can enter the RRC connected state and communicate with the second access network device.
在此后的一段时间内,若终端设备没有进行任何业务,第二接入网设备可以通过该第二消息配置该终端设备进入空闲态或去活动态。In the subsequent period of time, if the terminal device does not perform any services, the second access network device can configure the terminal device to enter an idle state or an inactive state through the second message.
又例如,第二接入网设备在接收到终端设备发送的用于恢复RRC连接的请求后,也可以配置终端设备保持去活动态或者进入空闲态。例如,第二接入网设备可以在获取终端设备的上下文后,生成第二消息,并向终端设备发送该第二消息。或者,第二接入网设备可以接收第一接入网设备发送的第二消息,并向终端设备转发该第二消息。终端设备仍然保持在去活动态,或者进入空闲态。因此步骤205也可以替换为,根据第二消息,保持在去活动态或空闲态。本申请对此不作限定。For another example, after receiving the request for restoring the RRC connection sent by the terminal device, the second access network device may also configure the terminal device to remain in an inactive state or enter an idle state. For example, the second access network device may generate a second message after acquiring the context of the terminal device, and send the second message to the terminal device. Alternatively, the second access network device may receive the second message sent by the first access network device, and forward the second message to the terminal device. The terminal device remains in the inactive state or enters the idle state. Therefore, step 205 can also be replaced by keeping in an inactive state or an idle state according to the second message. This application does not limit this.
可选地,该第二消息可以是用于释放RRC连接的消息。Optionally, the second message may be a message for releasing the RRC connection.
例如,在NR中,该第二消息例如可以是RRC release消息。在LTE中,该第二消息例如可以是RRC connection release消息。For example, in NR, the second message may be an RRC release message. In LTE, the second message may be, for example, an RRC connection release message.
应理解,这里所列举的第二消息的具体名称仅为示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除在未来的协议中定义其他消息来实现相同或相似功能的可能。例如,该第二消息也可以是NR中的RRC恢复(RRC resume)消息或LTE中RRC连接恢复(RRC connection resume)消息。It should be understood that the specific name of the second message listed here is only an example, and should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not exclude the possibility of defining other messages in future agreements to achieve the same or similar functions. For example, the second message may also be an RRC resume (RRC resume) message in NR or an RRC connection resume (RRC connection resume) message in LTE.
当然,该第二消息也可以是其他可用于指示终端设备进入去活动态或空闲态的消息。本申请对此不作限定。Of course, the second message may also be another message that can be used to instruct the terminal device to enter the inactive state or the idle state. This application does not limit this.
终端设备可以根据该第二消息中的字段,确定是进入去活动态还是空闲态。终端设备根据第二消息进入去活动态或空闲态的具体过程可以参考现有技术,并且在上文中也已经对如何确定是进入去活动态还是进入空闲态举例说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。The terminal device can determine whether to enter the inactive state or the idle state according to the fields in the second message. The specific process for the terminal device to enter the inactive state or the idle state according to the second message can refer to the prior art, and an example of how to determine whether to enter the inactive state or the idle state has been described above. For the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here. .
在步骤206中,终端设备根据第二消息,确定是否基于第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量。In step 206, the terminal device determines, according to the second message, whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
在本申请实施例中,该第二消息可用于终端设备对是否基于第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的确定,或者说,该第二消息可用于终端设备对是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的确定。也就是说,终端设备即使进入了第二接入网设备的覆盖范围,终端设备仍然有可能继续基于第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数进行测量。这取决于第二消息的指示。In the embodiment of the present application, the second message can be used for the terminal device to determine whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, or in other words, the second message can be used for the terminal device to determine whether the measurement is based on the first measurement configuration. At least part of the parameters in the measurement configuration are determined for measurement. In other words, even if the terminal device enters the coverage area of the second access network device, the terminal device may still continue to perform measurement based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. This depends on the indication of the second message.
基于第二消息,终端设备可以执行以下列举中的一项或多项:Based on the second message, the terminal device can execute one or more of the following lists:
a)确定基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量;a) Determine the measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration;
b)确定基于第一测量配置中的参数和来自第二接入网设备的新的测量配置(为方便区分和说明,记作第三测量配置)中的参数进行测量;b) Determine the measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the new measurement configuration from the second access network device (for the convenience of distinction and description, it is recorded as the third measurement configuration);
c)确定基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量;以及c) Determine to measure based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration; and
d)确定不执行测量。d) Determine not to perform measurement.
其中,终端设备执行a),确定基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量,可以理解为第二接入网设备没有发送专有的测量配置。需注意,终端设备确定基于第一测量配置中的参 数进行测量,并不代表终端设备仅基于第一测量配置中的参数继续测量。如前所述,当第一测量配置中的参数有缺失时,该终端设备还可以进一步结合第二接入网设备发送的系统消息中携带的测量配置中的参数进行测量。换句话说,若终端设备执行a),终端设备可以确定基于第一测量配置中的全部参数进行测量,或者,终端设备也可以确定基于第一测量配置的全部参数和第二接入网设备发送的系统消息中的测量配置中的参数进行测量。Wherein, the terminal device performs a) and determines to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. It can be understood that the second access network device does not send a dedicated measurement configuration. It should be noted that the determination of the terminal device to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration does not mean that the terminal device continues measurement based only on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. As mentioned above, when the parameters in the first measurement configuration are missing, the terminal device may further perform measurement in combination with the parameters in the measurement configuration carried in the system message sent by the second access network device. In other words, if the terminal device performs a), the terminal device can determine to perform measurement based on all parameters in the first measurement configuration, or the terminal device can also determine that all parameters based on the first measurement configuration are sent by the second access network device. Measure the parameters in the measurement configuration in the system message.
终端设备执行b),确定基于第一测量配置中的参数和第三测量配置中的参数进行测量,可以认为该终端设备从第二消息中获取到第二接入网设备发送的第三测量配置。终端设备基于第一测量配置中的参数和第三测量配置中的参数进行测量,具体可以是指,终端设备基于第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数和第三测量配置中的参数执行delta配置,并可基于delta配置后得到的参数进行测量。执行delta配置之后得到的参数可以包括第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数。本申请对此不作限定。The terminal device executes b) and determines to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration. It can be considered that the terminal device obtains the third measurement configuration sent by the second access network device from the second message . The terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration. Specifically, it may mean that the terminal device performs delta configuration based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration. , And can be measured based on the parameters obtained after delta configuration. The parameters obtained after performing the delta configuration may include some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. This application does not limit this.
其中,基于两个测量配置中的参数执行delta配置,可以理解为将两个配置中的参数取并集。比如,第一测量配置中的参数表示为集合1,第三测量配置中的参数表示为集合2,若基于第一测量配置中的参数和第三测量配置中的参数执行delta配置,则delta配置得到的参数为集合1的至少部分参数和集合2中的全部参数。换言之,delta配置得到的参数可以为第一测量配置中的至少部分参数和第三测量配置中的全部参数。Among them, performing delta configuration based on the parameters in the two measurement configurations can be understood as taking the union of the parameters in the two configurations. For example, the parameters in the first measurement configuration are represented as set 1, and the parameters in the third measurement configuration are represented as set 2. If the delta configuration is performed based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration, the delta configuration The obtained parameters are at least part of the parameters in set 1 and all the parameters in set 2. In other words, the parameters obtained by the delta configuration may be at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and all the parameters in the third measurement configuration.
之所以delta配置得到的参数为第一测量配置中的至少部分参数和第三测量配置中的全部参数,是因为在两个配置(即,第一测量配置和第三测量配置)中的参数冲突的情况下,以第三测量配置中的参数为准。比如,第一测量配置中目标频点F1的SMTC指示的SS/PBCH block的周期为10ms,第三测量配置中目标频点F1的SMTC指示的SS/PBCH block的周期为20ms,则终端设备执行delta配置得到的参数为第三测量配置中目标频点F1的SMTC指示的SS/PBCH block的周期为20ms。The reason why the parameters obtained by delta configuration are at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and all the parameters in the third measurement configuration is because the parameters in the two configurations (ie, the first measurement configuration and the third measurement configuration) conflict In the case of, the parameters in the third measurement configuration shall prevail. For example, in the first measurement configuration, the period of the SS/PBCH block indicated by the SMTC of the target frequency F1 is 10ms, and the period of the SS/PBCH block indicated by the SMTC of the target frequency F1 in the third measurement configuration is 20ms, then the terminal device executes The parameter obtained by the delta configuration is that the period of the SS/PBCH block indicated by the SMTC of the target frequency F1 in the third measurement configuration is 20 ms.
下文给出了执行delta配置的几个例子。Several examples of performing delta configuration are given below.
假设终端设备从第一接入网设备接收到的第一测量配置中的参数包括目标频点{F2,F3},终端设备从第二接入网设备接收到的第三测量配置中的参数包括目标频点{F1}。若基于第一测量配置中的全部参数和第三测量配置中的全部参数执行delta配置,则执行delta配置后得到的参数可以包括目标频点{F1,F2,F3}。Assuming that the parameters in the first measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the first access network device include the target frequency {F2, F3}, the parameters in the third measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the second access network device include Target frequency{F1}. If the delta configuration is performed based on all the parameters in the first measurement configuration and all the parameters in the third measurement configuration, the parameters obtained after performing the delta configuration may include the target frequency {F1, F2, F3}.
假设终端设备从第一接入网设备接收到的第一测量配置中的参数包括目标频点{F2/SMTC2,F3/SMTC3},终端设备从第二接入网设备接收到的第三测量配置中的参数包括目标频点{F1/SMTC1’,F2/SMTC2’}。若基于第一测量配置中的全部参数和第三测量配置中的全部参数执行delta配置,则执行delta配置后得到的参数可以包括目标频点{F1/SMTC1’,F2/SMTC2’,F3/SMTC3}。Assuming that the parameters in the first measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the first access network device include the target frequency {F2/SMTC2, F3/SMTC3}, the third measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the second access network device The parameters in include target frequency {F1/SMTC1', F2/SMTC2'}. If the delta configuration is performed based on all the parameters in the first measurement configuration and all the parameters in the third measurement configuration, the parameters obtained after performing the delta configuration can include the target frequency {F1/SMTC1', F2/SMTC2', F3/SMTC3 }.
假设终端设备从第一接入网设备接收到的第一测量配置中的参数包括测量有效时间{T1},终端设备从第二接入网设备接收到的第三测量配置中的参数不包括测量有效时间,执行delta配置后得到的参数可以包括测量有效时间{T1}。Assuming that the parameters in the first measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the first access network device include measurement valid time {T1}, the parameters in the third measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the second access network device do not include measurement Effective time, the parameters obtained after performing delta configuration can include measurement effective time {T1}.
假设终端设备从第一接入网设备接收到的第一测量配置中的参数包括测量有效区域,终端设备从目标接入网接收到的第三测量配置中的参数不包括测量有效区域,执行delta配置后得到的参数可以包括第一测量配置中的测量有效区域。Assuming that the parameters in the first measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the first access network device include the measurement effective area, and the parameters in the third measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the target access network do not include the measurement effective area, execute delta The parameters obtained after configuration may include the effective measurement area in the first measurement configuration.
假设终端设备从第一接入网设备接收到的第一测量配置中的参数包括测量有效区域 {A1,A2},终端设备从第二接入网设备接收到的第三测量配置中的参数包括测量有效区域{A3}。若终端设备基于第一测量配置中的全部参数和第三测量配置中的全部参数执行delta配置,则执行delta配置后得到的参数可以包括测量有效区域{A1,A2,A3}。Assuming that the parameters in the first measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the first access network device include the measurement effective area {A1, A2}, the parameters in the third measurement configuration received by the terminal device from the second access network device include Measure the effective area {A3}. If the terminal device performs delta configuration based on all the parameters in the first measurement configuration and all the parameters in the third measurement configuration, the parameters obtained after performing the delta configuration may include the measurement effective area {A1, A2, A3}.
上文通过几个例子详细说明了根据第一测量配置中的参数和第三测量配置中的参数执行delta配置后得到的参数。这些例子仅为便于理解而示意,不应对本申请构成任何限定。The above uses a few examples to describe in detail the parameters obtained after performing delta configuration according to the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration. These examples are merely illustrative for ease of understanding, and should not constitute any limitation to this application.
该第三测量配置包括附加的用于终端设备进行测量的参数。这里所述的附加,例如可以是对测量的附加,或是对参数的附加,或是二者的结合。比如,上文例子中的目标频点F1属于第三测量配置。该目标频点F1是对已有的目标频点{F2,F3}的测量的附加测量。也就是说,终端设备增加了对目标频点F1的测量。又比如,上文例子中的测量有效区域A3属于第三测量配置。该测量有效区域A3是对已有的测量有效区域{A1,A2}的测量中参数的附加。The third measurement configuration includes additional parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement. The addition mentioned here may be, for example, an addition to the measurement, an addition to a parameter, or a combination of the two. For example, the target frequency point F1 in the above example belongs to the third measurement configuration. The target frequency F1 is an additional measurement to the measurement of the existing target frequency {F2, F3}. That is to say, the terminal equipment has increased the measurement of the target frequency point F1. For another example, the effective measurement area A3 in the above example belongs to the third measurement configuration. The effective measurement area A3 is an addition to the existing measurement effective area {A1, A2} in the measurement parameters.
应理解,不管是对测量的附加还是对参数的附加,都是通过第三测量配置中的参数来指示的。因此在本申请实施例中,将用于对测量的附加而指示的参数和/或用于对参数的附加而指示的参数都定义为是在第三测量配置中包含的附加的用于终端设备进行测量的参数。It should be understood that whether it is the addition of the measurement or the addition of the parameter, it is all indicated by the parameter in the third measurement configuration. Therefore, in the embodiments of the present application, the parameters indicated for addition to the measurement and/or the parameters indicated for addition to the parameter are all defined as additional for terminal equipment included in the third measurement configuration. The parameter to be measured.
由上文描述可以看到,若终端设备执行b),则终端设备可以基于第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数进行测量,并基于第三测量配置中的参数进行测量。因此,b)也可以表述为,基于第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数以及第三测量配置中的参数进行测量。As can be seen from the above description, if the terminal device performs b), the terminal device can perform measurement based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and perform measurement based on the parameters in the third measurement configuration. Therefore, b) can also be expressed as the measurement based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration.
可以理解的是,当基于第一测量配置中的参数和第三测量配置中的参数执行delta配置之后得到的参数还有缺失时,终端设备还可以进一步结合该第二接入网设备发送的系统消息中携带的测量配置中的参数进行测量。换句话说,若终端设备执行b),终端设备可以基于第一测量配置中的参数、第三测量配置中的参数以及第二接入网设备发送的系统消息中的测量配置中的参数进行测量。It is understandable that when the parameters obtained after performing delta configuration based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration are still missing, the terminal device may further combine with the system sent by the second access network device The parameters in the measurement configuration carried in the message are measured. In other words, if the terminal device performs b), the terminal device can perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the parameters in the third measurement configuration, and the parameters in the measurement configuration in the system message sent by the second access network device. .
终端设备执行c),确定基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量,可以理解为该终端设备可以从第二消息中获取到第二接入网设备发送的第二测量配置。终端设备基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量,可以是基于第二测量配置中的全部参数进行测量,而不考虑其他的测量配置,比如上述第一测量配置。换言之,c)也可以表述为,不基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。The terminal device executes c) and determines to perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration. It can be understood that the terminal device can obtain the second measurement configuration sent by the second access network device from the second message. The terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration, and may perform measurement based on all the parameters in the second measurement configuration, regardless of other measurement configurations, such as the above-mentioned first measurement configuration. In other words, c) can also be expressed as not performing measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
可以理解的是,当第二测量配置中的参数有缺失时,终端设备还可以进一步结合第二接入网设备发送的系统消息中携带的测量配置中的参数进行测量。换句话说,若终端设备执行c),终端设备可以基于第二测量配置中的参数和第二接入网设备发送的系统消息中的测量配置中的参数进行测量。因此,终端设备在接收到来自第二接入网设备的第二测量配置之后,可以直接将第一测量配置删除。即,终端设备不需要执行delta配置。终端设备可以直接基于第二测量配置中的全部参数进行测量。It is understandable that when the parameter in the second measurement configuration is missing, the terminal device may further perform measurement in combination with the parameter in the measurement configuration carried in the system message sent by the second access network device. In other words, if the terminal device executes c), the terminal device can perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration and the parameters in the measurement configuration in the system message sent by the second access network device. Therefore, after receiving the second measurement configuration from the second access network device, the terminal device can directly delete the first measurement configuration. That is, the terminal device does not need to perform delta configuration. The terminal device can directly perform measurement based on all the parameters in the second measurement configuration.
终端设备执行d),确定不执行测量。由于终端设备不执行测量,也就是不基于任何测量配置进行测量。在本申请实施例中,可以理解为该终端设备不基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量,同时,第二接入网设备也未被该终端设备配置新的用于测量的参数,如上述第二测量配置或第三测量配置。The terminal device executes d) and determines not to perform measurement. Since the terminal device does not perform measurement, that is, it does not perform measurement based on any measurement configuration. In the embodiments of this application, it can be understood that the terminal device does not perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and at the same time, the second access network device is not configured with new measurement parameters by the terminal device, as described above The second measurement configuration or the third measurement configuration.
终端设备也可以基于第二消息,执行上述a)、b)、c)或d)中的多项。比如,终端设备可以在执行了a)之后,执行b)或c),或者,终端设备也可以在执行了a)之后,依次执行b)和c)等。本申请对此不作限定。The terminal device may also execute multiple items of a), b), c) or d) based on the second message. For example, the terminal device may execute b) or c) after executing a), or the terminal device may execute b) and c) in sequence after executing a). This application does not limit this.
如前所述,终端设备可以根据第二接入网设备的指示,执行上述a)、b)、c)或d)中的一项。该第二接入网设备可以通过第二消息中的部分字段来指示终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量。As mentioned above, the terminal device can perform one of a), b), c) or d) according to the instruction of the second access network device. The second access network device may indicate whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least some parameters in the first measurement configuration through some fields in the second message.
需要说明的是,上文中为了便于理解,分别对终端设备可能执行的操作通过a)、b)、c)和d)来区分并加以说明,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。上述虽然列举了a)、b)、c)、d)四项可能的操作,但并不代表协议定义了这四项操作。协议对终端设备的行为可能仅定义了a)、b)、c)、d)中的一项或多项。本申请对此不作限定。当协议对终端设备的行为定义了a)、b)、c)、d)中的两项或更多项的情况下,终端设备可以根据第二消息的指示确定执行其中的哪一项。比如,协议对终端设备的行为可以仅定义a)和b),终端设备可以根据第二消息的指示执行a)或b);又比如,协议对终端设备的行为可以仅定义a)和c),终端设备可以根据第二消息的指示执行a)和c);再比如,协议对终端设备的行为仅定义了a)和d),终端设备可以根据第二消息的指示执行a)或d);还比如,协议对终端设备的行为仅定义了a)、c)和d),终端设备可以根据第二消息的指示执行a)、c)或d)。为了简洁,这里不一一列举。It should be noted that, in order to facilitate understanding, the operations that may be performed by the terminal device are distinguished and described by a), b), c), and d), but this should not constitute any limitation to this application. Although the above lists four possible operations a), b), c), and d), it does not mean that the agreement defines these four operations. The protocol may only define one or more of a), b), c), and d) for the behavior of the terminal device. This application does not limit this. When the protocol defines two or more of a), b), c), and d) for the behavior of the terminal device, the terminal device can determine which one of them to execute according to the instruction of the second message. For example, the behavior of the terminal device by the protocol can only define a) and b), and the terminal device can execute a) or b) according to the instructions of the second message; for another example, the behavior of the terminal device by the protocol can only define a) and c). , The terminal device can execute a) and c) according to the instructions of the second message; for another example, the protocol only defines a) and d) for the behavior of the terminal device, and the terminal device can execute a) or d) according to the instructions of the second message. ; For another example, the protocol only defines a), c) and d) for the behavior of the terminal device, and the terminal device can execute a), c) or d) according to the instructions of the second message. For the sake of brevity, I will not list them all here.
可以理解的是,终端设备执行上文列举的a)时,是基于第一测量配置中的全部参数进行测量;终端设备执行上文列举的b)时,是基于第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数进行测量;终端设备执行上文列举的c)或d)时,是不基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。因此,当终端设备确定了要执行上述a)、b)、c)和d)中的哪一项时,也就确定了是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量。It is understandable that when the terminal device performs a) listed above, it is measured based on all the parameters in the first measurement configuration; when the terminal device performs b) listed above, it is based on part or the part of the first measurement configuration. All parameters are measured; when the terminal device performs c) or d) listed above, the measurement is not performed based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. Therefore, when the terminal device determines which of the above a), b), c) and d) is to be performed, it also determines whether to perform measurement based on at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
在本申请实施例中,第二接入网设备对于是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的指示例如可以是显式的指示,也可以是隐式的指示,本申请对此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the second access network device's indication of whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration may be, for example, an explicit indication or an implicit indication, which is not provided in this application. limited.
下面结合几种可能的实现方式来详细说明该第二接入网设备如何通过第二消息对指示是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量,以及终端设备如何根据该第二消息确定是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量。The following describes in detail how the second access network device uses a second message to indicate whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and how the terminal device determines whether or not according to the second message. The measurement is performed based on at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
为便于理解,首先做出如下说明:第二接入网设备可以通过第二消息中的不同字段来携带不同的信息。为便于区分和说明,下文中引入了第一字段至第四字段。其中,第一字段包括用于指示是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的信息,第二字段用于承载第二测量配置,第三字段用于承载第三测量配置,第四字段包括用于指示是否重启定时器或是否继续运行定时器的信息。应理解,上述第一字段至第四字段在第二消息中可以是不同的信元,例如可以是第二消息中不同名称的信元,或者,也可以承载在第二消息中不同的位置。本申请对此不作限定。这里所列举的第一字段至第四字段仅为便于区分而命名,不应对本申请构成任何限定。For ease of understanding, the following description is first made: the second access network device can carry different information through different fields in the second message. To facilitate distinction and description, the first to fourth fields are introduced below. Wherein, the first field includes information for indicating whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the second field is used to carry the second measurement configuration, the third field is used to carry the third measurement configuration, and the fourth field Include information for indicating whether to restart the timer or whether to continue running the timer. It should be understood that the above-mentioned first to fourth fields may be different information elements in the second message, for example, may be information elements with different names in the second message, or may be carried in different positions in the second message. This application does not limit this. The first to fourth fields listed here are only named for easy distinction, and should not constitute any limitation to this application.
此外,第二接入网设备发送的第二消息中并不一定包含第一字段至第四字段中的所有字段。第一字段至第四字段可以是可选的(optional)字段,第二接入网设备可以根据需要将不同的字段承载在第二消息中发送给终端设备。比如,若第二接入网设备配置了第二测量配置,则可以在第二消息中携带用于承载该第二测量配置的字段,否则该第二消息中 不包括该字段。但应理解,这不应对本申请构成任何限定。例如,该第二消息中也可以包括所有的字段,但有些字段为空,即,没有承载信息。In addition, the second message sent by the second access network device does not necessarily include all the fields from the first field to the fourth field. The first to fourth fields may be optional (optional) fields, and the second access network device may carry different fields in the second message as needed and send it to the terminal device. For example, if the second access network device is configured with the second measurement configuration, the field used to carry the second measurement configuration may be carried in the second message, otherwise the field is not included in the second message. However, it should be understood that this should not constitute any limitation to this application. For example, the second message may also include all fields, but some fields are empty, that is, no information is carried.
在实现方式一中,该第二消息中包括用于指示是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的信息。例如,该第二消息中可以包括专门的指示字段,该指示字段可指示是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量。为便于区分和说明,该指示字段例如记作第一字段。换句话说,该第一字段包括指示比特,该指示比特指示是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量。In the first implementation manner, the second message includes information for indicating whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. For example, the second message may include a special indication field, and the indication field may indicate whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. For the convenience of distinction and description, the indication field is recorded as the first field, for example. In other words, the first field includes an indication bit that indicates whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
比如,协议对终端设备的行为的定义至少包括上文列举的a和d)。该第一字段可以包括一个指示比特,以指示是否基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。即,该1个指示比特可用来指示终端设备执行a)或者d)。作为一个示例,该第二消息包括第一字段,但该第二消息不包括第二字段、第三字段和第四字段。则,当该指示比特取值为“TRUE”或“1”时,终端设备确定执行a),也就是基于第一测量配置中的全部参数进行测量;当该指示比特取值为“FALSE”或“0”时,终端设备确定执行d),由于终端设备确定不执行测量,也就是确定不基于任何测量配置进行测量,故终端设备也就确定不基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。For example, the protocol's definition of terminal device behavior includes at least a and d) listed above. The first field may include an indication bit to indicate whether to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. That is, the 1 indication bit can be used to instruct the terminal device to perform a) or d). As an example, the second message includes the first field, but the second message does not include the second field, the third field, and the fourth field. Then, when the value of the indicator bit is "TRUE" or "1", the terminal device determines to perform a), that is, to perform measurement based on all the parameters in the first measurement configuration; when the value of the indicator bit is "FALSE" or When "0", the terminal device determines to perform d). Since the terminal device determines not to perform measurement, that is, determines not to perform measurement based on any measurement configuration, the terminal device also determines not to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
又比如,协议对终端设备的行为的定义至少可以包括上文列举的a)和d)。该第二消息可通过是否包括第一字段来指示是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量。如,当该第二消息包括第一字段时,或者说,该第一字段存在时,终端设备确定执行a);当该第二消息不包括第一字段时,或者说,该第一字段不存在时,终端设备确定执行d)。For another example, the protocol definition of the behavior of the terminal device may at least include a) and d) listed above. The second message may indicate whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration by including the first field. For example, when the second message includes the first field, or when the first field exists, the terminal device determines to perform a); when the second message does not include the first field, or in other words, the first field does not When it exists, the terminal device determines to execute d).
在实现方式二中,该第二消息中包括第二测量配置。该第二消息中可以预定义某一个专门的字段用于承载第二测量配置中的参数。为便于区分和说明,将用于承载第二测量配置中的参数的字段记作第二字段。若该第二消息中包括该第二字段,则表示该第二消息包括第二测量配置。In the second implementation manner, the second message includes the second measurement configuration. A certain special field may be predefined in the second message to carry the parameters in the second measurement configuration. To facilitate distinction and description, the field used to carry the parameters in the second measurement configuration is recorded as the second field. If the second field is included in the second message, it means that the second message includes the second measurement configuration.
其中,该第二测量配置包括用于终端设备进行测量的参数。如前所述,终端设备可以基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量,或者,基于第二测量配置中的参数和第二接入网设备发送的系统消息中携带的测量配置中的参数进行测量。Wherein, the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement. As mentioned earlier, the terminal device can perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration, or based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration and the parameters in the measurement configuration carried in the system message sent by the second access network device. .
若第二消息中包括第二测量配置,也就是第二接入网设备为终端设备配置了新的用于测量的参数。终端设备若从该第二消息中获取到该第二测量配置参数,则可以执行c)。换句话说,该第二消息中包括第二测量配置,可用于隐式地指示该终端设备不基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。If the second message includes the second measurement configuration, that is, the second access network device configures a new measurement parameter for the terminal device. If the terminal device obtains the second measurement configuration parameter from the second message, it can execute c). In other words, the second measurement configuration included in the second message can be used to implicitly indicate that the terminal device does not perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
作为一个示例,协议对终端设备的行为的定义至少可以包括上文列举的c)。若第二消息中包括第二字段,但第二消息中不包括第一字段、第三字段和第四字段,则终端设备可以执行c)。As an example, the protocol definition of the behavior of the terminal device may include at least c) listed above. If the second message includes the second field, but the second message does not include the first field, the third field, and the fourth field, the terminal device can perform c).
若终端设备确定执行c),该终端设备可以在完成了基于第一测量配置中的参数进行的测量后,即,基于第一测量配置启动的定时器运行时间到达后,再基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量;终端设备也可以直接中断基于第一测量配置中的参数进行的测量,即,基于第一测量配置启动的定时器停止运行,基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量。本申请对此不作限定。此外,若终端设备在完成了基于第一测量配置中的参数进行的测量,或者,若终端设备中断基于第一测量配置中的参数进行的测量,终端设备还可以删除第一测量配 置。If the terminal device determines to perform c), the terminal device may perform the measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, that is, after the timer running time started based on the first measurement configuration arrives, and then based on the second measurement configuration The terminal device can also directly interrupt the measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, that is, the timer started based on the first measurement configuration stops running, and the measurement is performed based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration. This application does not limit this. In addition, if the terminal device completes the measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, or if the terminal device interrupts the measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the terminal device may also delete the first measurement configuration.
在实现方式三中,该第二消息中包括第三测量配置。该第二消息中可以预定义某一个专门的字段用于承载第三测量配置中的参数。为便于区分和说明,将用于承载第三测量配置中的参数的字段记作第三字段。若该第二消息中包括该第三字段,则表示该第二消息中包括第三测量配置。In the third implementation manner, the second message includes the third measurement configuration. A certain special field may be predefined in the second message to carry the parameters in the third measurement configuration. To facilitate distinction and description, the field used to carry the parameters in the third measurement configuration is recorded as the third field. If the second message includes the third field, it means that the second message includes the third measurement configuration.
其中,该第三测量配置包括附加的用于终端设备进行测量的参数。如前所述,终端设备可以基于第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数以及第三测量配置中的参数进行测量,或者,基于第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数、第三测量配置中的参数以及第二接入网设备发送的系统消息中携带的测量配置中的参数进行测量。Wherein, the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement. As mentioned above, the terminal device can perform measurement based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration, or based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration. The parameters and the parameters in the measurement configuration carried in the system message sent by the second access network device are measured.
若第二消息中包括第三测量配置,也就是第二接入网设备为终端设备配置了附加的用于测量的参数。终端设备若从该第二消息中获取到该第三测量配置,则可以执行b)。换句话说,该第二消息中包括第三测量配置,可用于隐式地指示终端设备基于第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数进行测量。If the second message includes the third measurement configuration, that is, the second access network device configures additional measurement parameters for the terminal device. If the terminal device obtains the third measurement configuration from the second message, it can perform b). In other words, the second message includes the third measurement configuration, which can be used to implicitly instruct the terminal device to perform measurement based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
作为一个示例,协议对终端设备的行为的定义至少可以包括上文列举的b)。若第二消息中包括第三字段,但第二消息中不包括第一字段、第二字段和第四字段,则终端设备可以执行b)。As an example, the protocol definition of the behavior of the terminal device may at least include b) listed above. If the second message includes the third field, but the second message does not include the first field, the second field, and the fourth field, the terminal device can perform b).
在实现方式四中,该第二消息中包括用于指示是否重启或是否继续运行定时器的信息。例如,该第二消息中可以包括专门的指示字段,该指示字段可指示是否重启或是否继续运行定时器。为便于区分和说明,该指示字段例如记作第四字段。换句话说,该第四字段包括指示比特,该指示比特指示是否重启或继续运行定时器。In the fourth implementation manner, the second message includes information for indicating whether to restart or whether to continue to run the timer. For example, the second message may include a special indication field, and the indication field may indicate whether to restart or continue to run the timer. For the convenience of distinction and description, the indication field is recorded as the fourth field, for example. In other words, the fourth field includes an indication bit that indicates whether to restart or continue to run the timer.
例如,协议对终端设备的行为的定义至少可以包括上文列举的a)和d)。该第四字段可以包括一个指示比特,该指示比特取值为“TRUE”或“1”时,或者,该第二消息中包括第四字段时,可以指示重启或继续运行定时器,这也就隐式地指示该终端设备可以执行a),也就是基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量;该指示比特为“FALSE”或“0”时,或者,该第二消息中不包括第四字段时,可以指示不重启或不继续运行定时器时,这也就隐式地指示该终端设备可以执行d),由于终端设备确定不执行测量,终端设备也就确定不基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。For example, the protocol's definition of the behavior of the terminal device can at least include a) and d) listed above. The fourth field may include an indication bit. When the value of the indication bit is "TRUE" or "1", or when the fourth field is included in the second message, it may indicate restarting or continuing to run the timer. Implicitly indicate that the terminal device can perform a), that is, perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration; when the indication bit is "FALSE" or "0", or the second message does not include the fourth field When the timer can be instructed not to restart or continue to run the timer, it also implicitly indicates that the terminal device can perform d). Since the terminal device determines not to perform measurement, the terminal device also determines not to be based on the first measurement configuration. Parameters are measured.
作为一个示例,协议对终端设备的行为的定义至少可以包括上文列举的a)和d)。若第二消息中包括第四字段,但第二消息中不包括第一字段、第二字段和第三字段,则终端设备可以根据该第四字段中的指示比特的取值或第二消息中是否包括第四字段确定执行a)还是d)。As an example, the protocol definition of the behavior of the terminal device may at least include a) and d) listed above. If the second message includes the fourth field, but the second message does not include the first field, the second field, and the third field, the terminal device may use the value of the indicator bit in the fourth field or the second message Whether to include the fourth field determines whether to perform a) or d).
需要说明的是,该第二消息包括第四字段但不包括第一字段、第二字段和第三字段时所指示的信息与第二消息包括第一字段但不包括第二字段、第三字段和第四字段时所指示的信息是相对应的。因此,可以认为第二消息包括第一字段但不包括第二字段、第三字段和第四字段,与第二消息包括第四字段但不包括第一字段、第二字段和第三字段是等价的。换句话说,该第二消息中包括用于指示是否重启或是否继续运行定时器的信息,但不包括第二测量配置、第三测量配置以及用于指示是否基于第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的信息时,上述用于指示是否重启或是否继续运行定时器的信息可用于隐式地指示终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量。It should be noted that the information indicated when the second message includes the fourth field but does not include the first field, the second field, and the third field is the same as the second message includes the first field but does not include the second field and the third field. It corresponds to the information indicated in the fourth field. Therefore, it can be considered that the second message includes the first field but does not include the second field, the third field, and the fourth field, and the second message includes the fourth field but does not include the first field, the second field, and the third field. Price. In other words, the second message includes information for indicating whether to restart or whether to continue to run the timer, but does not include the second measurement configuration, the third measurement configuration, and whether it is based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. When at least part of the measurement information is performed, the foregoing information for indicating whether to restart or whether to continue to run the timer can be used to implicitly indicate whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
因此,在另一种实现方式中,该第二消息在不包括第一字段的情况下,还可通过是否包括第四字段来指示是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量。比如,当该第二消息包括第四字段但不包括第一字段时,或者说,该第四字段存在但第一字段不存在时,可以隐式地指示终端设备执行a);当该第二消息不包括第四字段且不包括第一字段时,或者说,该第四字段和第一字段均不存在时,可以隐式地指示终端设备执行d)。Therefore, in another implementation manner, if the second message does not include the first field, it may further indicate whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration by including the fourth field. For example, when the second message includes the fourth field but does not include the first field, or when the fourth field exists but the first field does not exist, the terminal device can be implicitly instructed to perform a); when the second message When the message does not include the fourth field and does not include the first field, in other words, when neither the fourth field nor the first field exists, the terminal device may be implicitly instructed to perform d).
但应注意,在第二消息同时包括用于指示是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的信息和是否重启或是否继续运行定时器的情况下,该第四字段仅用于指示是否重启或是否继续运行定时器,而不用来指示是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量。However, it should be noted that when the second message includes information indicating whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and whether to restart or continue to run the timer, the fourth field is only used to indicate whether Restarting or whether to continue to run the timer is not used to indicate whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
此外,基于上述是否重启定时器或是否继续运行定时器的指示,该终端设备可以执行相应的操作。当上述第四字段指示重启定时器(或继续运行定时器)的信息时,例如上文列举的指示比特“TRUE”或“1”时,或者,该第二消息中包括第四字段时,终端设备可以根据该第二消息重启定时器(或继续运行定时器)。当上述第四字段指示不重启定时器(或不继续运行定时器)的信息时,例如上文列举的指示比特“FALSE”或“0”时,或者,该第二消息中不包括第四字段时,终端设备可以根据第二消息停止运行定时器。In addition, based on the above indication of whether to restart the timer or whether to continue to run the timer, the terminal device can perform corresponding operations. When the foregoing fourth field indicates information about restarting the timer (or continuing to run the timer), such as the indication bit "TRUE" or "1" listed above, or when the fourth field is included in the second message, the terminal The device can restart the timer (or continue to run the timer) according to the second message. When the foregoing fourth field indicates the information of not restarting the timer (or not continuing to run the timer), such as the indication bit "FALSE" or "0" listed above, or the fourth field is not included in the second message When the time, the terminal device can stop running the timer according to the second message.
除了上文所列举的几种实现方式,多个字段之间还可以结合使用,以指示终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。In addition to the several implementation manners listed above, multiple fields can also be used in combination to indicate whether the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
例如,该第二消息中包括第一字段和第二字段,终端设备可以根据第二字段确定基于执行b),还可进一步根据第一字段确定是否执行a)。比如,第一字段中的指示比特取值为“TRUE”或“1”,或者,第二消息中包括第一字段时,终端设备可以先继续基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量,在完成基于第一测量配置中的参数进行的测量后,基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量。又比如,第一字段中的指示比特取值为“FALSE”或“0”,或者,第二消息中不包括第一字段时,终端设备可以直接暂停基于第一测量配置中的参数进行的测量,基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量。For example, the second message includes the first field and the second field, and the terminal device may determine whether to execute b) according to the second field, and may further determine whether to execute a) according to the first field. For example, the value of the indication bit in the first field is "TRUE" or "1", or when the first field is included in the second message, the terminal device may first continue to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and after completion After the measurement is performed based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the measurement is performed based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration. For another example, the value of the indication bit in the first field is "FALSE" or "0", or when the first field is not included in the second message, the terminal device can directly suspend measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration , Perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration.
又例如,该第二消息包括第一字段、第二字段和第三字段的任意一个字段,以及第四字段。即终端设备执行a)、b)或者c)时,可以根据第四字段确定是否重启定时器或者继续运行定时器。For another example, the second message includes any one of the first field, the second field, and the third field, and the fourth field. That is, when the terminal device executes a), b) or c), it can determine whether to restart the timer or continue to run the timer according to the fourth field.
需要说明的是,第二消息包括第二字段或第三字段,也就是该第二接入网设备为终端设备配置了新的用于测量的参数。第二接入网为终端设备配置的新的用于测量的参数中可能包含测量有效时间,也可能不包含测量有效时间。若不包含,该第二消息还可以包括第四字段,以指示是否基于第一测量配置中的测量有效时长进行测量。It should be noted that the second message includes the second field or the third field, that is, the second access network device configures a new measurement parameter for the terminal device. The new measurement parameter configured by the second access network for the terminal device may or may not include the measurement effective time. If not included, the second message may further include a fourth field to indicate whether to perform measurement based on the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration.
再例如,该第二消息不包括第一字段至第四字段中的任意一个字段。终端设备可以根据第二消息,确定执行d)。For another example, the second message does not include any one of the first field to the fourth field. The terminal device may determine to execute d) according to the second message.
在某些可能的设计中,该第二消息中可能不通过不同的信元来区分第二测量配置和第三测量配置。比如,通过同一个信元来携带第二测量配置或第三测量配置。为方便区分,下文中将用于承载该信元的字段记作第二字段。换句话说,该第二字段中包含接入网设备新配置的用于测量的参数。In some possible designs, different information elements may not be used to distinguish the second measurement configuration from the third measurement configuration in the second message. For example, the second measurement configuration or the third measurement configuration is carried through the same cell. To facilitate the distinction, the field used to carry the cell is recorded as the second field below. In other words, the second field contains the parameters used for measurement newly configured by the access network device.
在一个示例中,该第二消息中包括第一字段和第二字段。即,该第二消息中包括用于指示是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的信息和第二测量配置。In an example, the second message includes a first field and a second field. That is, the second message includes information for indicating whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the second measurement configuration.
若第一字段的指示比特取值为“TRUE”或“1”,则终端设备可以根据第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数和第二测量配置中的参数执行delta配置,并基于配置后的参数进行测量;若第一字段取值为“FALSE”或“0”,则终端设备不基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量,相反,终端设备可以基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量。If the value of the indicator bit in the first field is "TRUE" or "1", the terminal device can perform delta configuration based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the second measurement configuration, and based on the configured Parameters are measured; if the value of the first field is "FALSE" or "0", the terminal device does not perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. On the contrary, the terminal device can perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration.
上文中对第一字段中指示比特的举例仅为示例,该第一字段可以包括两个或更多个指示比特。在一个示例中,协议对终端设备的行为的定义可以包括上文中的a)、b)、c)和d),该第一字段可通过指示比特的不同取值来指示终端设备执行a)、b)、c)或d)中的一项。The above examples of indication bits in the first field are only examples, and the first field may include two or more indication bits. In an example, the protocol definition of the behavior of the terminal device may include the above a), b), c), and d). The first field may instruct the terminal device to perform a), b), c), and d) by indicating different values of bits. One of b), c) or d).
例如,该第一字段取值为“00”时指示终端设备执行a),也就是基于第一测量配置中的全部参数进行测量,此情况下,该第二消息中不包括第二字段和第三字段。该第二消息中可以包括第四字段,且该第四字段指示重启定时器或继续运行定时器。或者,该第四字段也可以指示不重启或不继续运行定时器,该终端设备可以根据第二接入网设备发送的系统消息中携带的测量配置中的测量有效时间来测量。For example, when the value of the first field is "00", the terminal device is instructed to perform a), that is, to perform measurement based on all parameters in the first measurement configuration. In this case, the second field and the first field are not included in the second message. Three fields. The second message may include a fourth field, and the fourth field indicates restarting the timer or continuing to run the timer. Alternatively, the fourth field may also indicate that the timer is not to be restarted or not to continue to run, and the terminal device may measure according to the measurement effective time in the measurement configuration carried in the system message sent by the second access network device.
该第一字段取值为“01”时指示终端设备执行b),也就是基于第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数进行测量,此情况下,该第二消息中包括第三字段。When the value of the first field is "01", it instructs the terminal device to perform b), that is, to perform measurement based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. In this case, the second message includes the third field.
该第一字段取值为“10”时指示终端设备执行c),也就是不基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量,而是基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量。此情况下,该第二消息中包括第二字段。该第二消息还可以包括第四字段,且该第四字段指示不重启或不继续运行定时器。When the value of the first field is "10", it instructs the terminal device to perform c), that is, not to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration, but to perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration. In this case, the second message includes the second field. The second message may also include a fourth field, and the fourth field indicates that the timer is not to be restarted or not to continue to run.
该第一字段取值为“11”时指示终端设备执行d),也就是不基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。此情况下,该第二消息可以包括第二字段和/或第三字段,也可以不包括第二字段和/或第三字段。但无论是否包括第二字段和/或第三字段,该终端设备都不执行测量。When the value of the first field is "11", it instructs the terminal device to perform d), that is, it does not perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. In this case, the second message may include the second field and/or the third field, or may not include the second field and/or the third field. However, regardless of whether the second field and/or the third field are included, the terminal device does not perform measurement.
需要说明的是,上文所述的第二消息中包括某一字段,具体可以是指,该第二消息中在该字段中承载了有效信息;相对应地,第二消息中不包括某一字段,具体可以是指,该第二消息中未包括该字段,或者,第二消息中包括该字段,但该字段未承载有效信息。It should be noted that the second message mentioned above includes a certain field, which can specifically mean that the second message carries valid information in this field; correspondingly, the second message does not include a certain field. The field may specifically refer to that the field is not included in the second message, or that the field is included in the second message, but the field does not carry valid information.
应理解,上文为了便于理解,示出了第二消息通过不同的字段指示终端设备执行不同的操作的几个示例,但这些示例不应对本申请构成任何限定。本领域的技术人员基于相同的构思,可以对上述一个或多个字段所指示的内容作出变化或替换,还可以对上述各字段进行组合,得出更多的可用于指示终端设备执行不同的操作的例子。为了简洁,这里不一一列举。It should be understood that, for ease of understanding, several examples in which the second message instructs the terminal device to perform different operations through different fields are shown above, but these examples should not constitute any limitation to the application. Based on the same concept, those skilled in the art can change or replace the content indicated by one or more of the above fields, and can also combine the above fields to get more instructions that can be used to instruct terminal devices to perform different operations. example of. For the sake of brevity, I will not list them all here.
还应理解,上文列举的指示字段所表达的含义以及所指示的操作仅为便于理解而示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。上文列举了几种第二接入网设备指示终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的部分参数进行测量的可能的实现方式。应理解,这些实现方式仅为便于理解而示出,不应对本申请构成任何限定。It should also be understood that the meanings and operations indicated by the indicated fields listed above are only examples for ease of understanding, and should not constitute any limitation to this application. The foregoing lists several possible implementation manners in which the second access network device instructs the terminal device to perform measurement based on some parameters in the first measurement configuration. It should be understood that these implementation manners are only shown for ease of understanding, and should not constitute any limitation to this application.
基于上文所列举的第二消息用于终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的确定,终端设备可以执行步骤207,终端设备基于第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数进行测量,或,终端设备可以执行步骤208,终端设备基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量,或,终端设备不执行测量。Based on the second message listed above for determining whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the terminal device can perform step 207, and the terminal device performs the measurement based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. To measure, or the terminal device can perform step 208, and the terminal device performs measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration, or the terminal device does not perform the measurement.
其中,终端设备对步骤208的执行,可以是在完成了基于第一测量配置中的参数进行 的测量之后进行,也可以是中断了基于第一测量配置中的参数进行的测量之后进行。本申请对此不作限定。The execution of step 208 by the terminal device may be performed after the measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration is completed, or after the measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration is interrupted. This application does not limit this.
可以理解的是,如前所述,终端设备在测量之前,还有可能从第二接入网设备发送的系统消息中获取一些用于测量的参数。因此,不论终端设备是执行步骤207还是步骤208,可选地,终端设备在测量之前,还可以进一步结合第二接入网设备发送的系统消息中携带的测量配置中的参数确定用于测量的参数。It is understandable that, as mentioned above, the terminal device may also obtain some parameters for measurement from the system message sent by the second access network device before the measurement. Therefore, regardless of whether the terminal device performs step 207 or step 208, optionally, the terminal device may further determine the measurement configuration parameters carried in the system message sent by the second access network device before the measurement. parameter.
此外,若终端设备不执行测量,则终端设备可以在步骤205之后,不执行其他操作。或者,该终端设备也可以在步骤205之后,删除第一测量配置。本申请对此不作限定。In addition, if the terminal device does not perform measurement, the terminal device may not perform other operations after step 205. Alternatively, the terminal device may also delete the first measurement configuration after step 205. This application does not limit this.
应理解,图中仅为示例示出了步骤207和208,但应理解,这并不代表终端设备必须执行步骤207和步骤208,终端设备可以根据步骤206中对第二消息的解读,选择性地执行步骤207或步骤208,或不执行测量。为便于理解,图中将步骤208以虚线示出。It should be understood that the figure only shows steps 207 and 208 as an example, but it should be understood that this does not mean that the terminal device must perform step 207 and step 208. The terminal device can selectively perform steps 207 and 208 based on the interpretation of the second message in step 206. Step 207 or step 208 is performed locally, or no measurement is performed. For ease of understanding, step 208 is shown in dotted lines in the figure.
上文步骤204中所述的第二消息可以是第二接入网设备生成的,也可以是第二接入网设备从第一接入网设备获取到的。作为对步骤203中终端设备请求恢复RRC连接的响应,该第二接入网可以尝试从第一接入网设备获取该终端设备的上下文信息,以便为该终端设备提供服务。该第二接入网设备是否自行生成第二消息可以基于是否获取到该终端设备的上下文而决定。The second message described in step 204 above may be generated by the second access network device, or obtained by the second access network device from the first access network device. As a response to the terminal device's request to resume the RRC connection in step 203, the second access network may try to obtain the context information of the terminal device from the first access network device, so as to provide services for the terminal device. Whether the second access network device generates the second message by itself may be determined based on whether the context of the terminal device is acquired.
可选地,在步骤204之前,该方法还包括:步骤209,第二接入网设备发送用于获取终端设备的上下文的请求。相对应地,在步骤209中,第一接入网设备接收该用于获取终端设备的上下文的请求。Optionally, before step 204, the method further includes: step 209, the second access network device sends a request for acquiring the context of the terminal device. Correspondingly, in step 209, the first access network device receives the request for acquiring the context of the terminal device.
作为对该请求的响应,第一接入网设备可以将该终端设备的上下文发送给第二接入网设备,由此,第二接入网设备成功获取了该终端设备的上下文;第一接入网设备也可以拒绝将该终端设备的上下文发送给第二接入网设备,由此,第二接入网设备获取该终端设备的上下文失败。As a response to the request, the first access network device may send the context of the terminal device to the second access network device, so that the second access network device successfully obtains the context of the terminal device; The network access device may also refuse to send the context of the terminal device to the second access network device. Therefore, the second access network device fails to obtain the context of the terminal device.
下面将结合这两种情况分别说明第二接入网设备获取第二消息的具体过程。The specific process for the second access network device to obtain the second message will be described below in combination with these two cases.
作为一个实施例,第二接入网设备自行生成第二消息。As an embodiment, the second access network device generates the second message by itself.
若第二接入网设备从第一接入网获取到终端设备的上下文,则可以自行生成该第二消息。If the second access network device obtains the context of the terminal device from the first access network, it can generate the second message by itself.
可选地,在步骤205之前,该方法200还包括:Optionally, before step 205, the method 200 further includes:
步骤210,第二接入网设备接收终端设备的上下文。相对应地,第一接入网设备发送该终端设备的上下文;Step 210: The second access network device receives the context of the terminal device. Correspondingly, the first access network device sends the context of the terminal device;
步骤211,第二接入网设备基于从第一接入网设备接收到的终端设备的上下文,生成第二消息,该第二消息用于终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的确定。Step 211: The second access network device generates a second message based on the context of the terminal device received from the first access network device, and the second message is used to determine whether the terminal device performs based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. Determination of measurement.
第二接入网设备从第一接入网设备获取到该终端设备的上下文,便可以成为该终端设备的新的源接入网设备。上述第二消息可以是第二接入网设备基于对该终端设备的上下文的成功获取而生成和发送。The second access network device obtains the context of the terminal device from the first access network device, and can become the new source access network device of the terminal device. The foregoing second message may be generated and sent by the second access network device based on the successful acquisition of the context of the terminal device.
如前所述,该第二消息中可以包括第二测量配置或第三测量配置。也就是说,该第二消息可以包括接入网设备为该终端设备配置的新的用于测量的参数。As mentioned above, the second message may include the second measurement configuration or the third measurement configuration. That is, the second message may include a new measurement parameter configured by the access network device for the terminal device.
以该第二消息包括第二测量配置为例,在本实施例中,由于第二接入网设备称为该终 端设备的新的源接入网设备,因此可以为终端设备配置新的测量配置。因此该第二测量配置可以是来自第二接入网设备的测量配置。与之相似地,若该第二消息包括第三测量配置,则该第三测量配置也可以是由第二接入网设备为该终端设备配置的。Taking the second message including the second measurement configuration as an example, in this embodiment, since the second access network device is called the new source access network device of the terminal device, a new measurement configuration can be configured for the terminal device . Therefore, the second measurement configuration may be a measurement configuration from the second access network device. Similarly, if the second message includes the third measurement configuration, the third measurement configuration may also be configured by the second access network device for the terminal device.
应理解,第二消息中并不限于包括上述第二测量配置或第三测量配置。该第二消息包含的具体内容可以参考本申请实施例步骤206中的描述,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。可选地,该终端设备的上下文包括第一测量配置中的至少部分参数。也就是说,该第一接入网设备可以将配置给终端设备的第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数发送给第二接入网设备,比如测量目标、测量目标对应的SMTC、测量有效区域、测量有效区域等中的一项或多项。可选地,该终端设备的上下文也可以包括系统消息配置的至少部分用于测量的参数。It should be understood that the second message is not limited to including the foregoing second measurement configuration or third measurement configuration. For the specific content contained in the second message, reference may be made to the description in step 206 of the embodiment of the present application. For brevity, details are not repeated here. Optionally, the context of the terminal device includes at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. That is to say, the first access network device can send some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration configured to the terminal device to the second access network device, such as the measurement target, the SMTC corresponding to the measurement target, and the measurement effective area , Measuring one or more of the effective area, etc. Optionally, the context of the terminal device may also include at least part of the parameters used for measurement of the system message configuration.
可选地,该方法200还包括:Optionally, the method 200 further includes:
步骤212,第一接入网设备生成时间信息,该时间信息用于确定终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长;Step 212: The first access network device generates time information, where the time information is used to determine the duration for the terminal device to continue measurement based on the first measurement configuration;
步骤213,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送该时间信息。相对应地,在步骤213中,该第二接入网设备接收时间信息。其中,终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长,具体可以是指,该第一测量配置中的测量有效时长减去终端设备基于该第一测量配置已经进行测量的时长而剩余的时长。或者说,基于该第一测量配置启动的定时器的剩余的运行时长。Step 213: The first access network device sends the time information to the second access network device. Correspondingly, in step 213, the second access network device receives time information. Wherein, the duration of the terminal device continuing to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration may specifically refer to the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration minus the remaining duration of the duration that the terminal device has performed measurement based on the first measurement configuration. In other words, the remaining running time of the timer started based on the first measurement configuration.
具体地,该时间信息可以具体指示以下中的一项或多项:Specifically, the time information may specifically indicate one or more of the following:
i)第一接入网设备向终端设备发送第一测量配置的时刻;i) The moment when the first access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device;
ii)第一接入网设备基于第一测量配置中的测量有效时长确定的剩余时长;以及ii) The remaining duration determined by the first access network device based on the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration; and
iii)第一测量配置进行测量的已用时长。iii) The elapsed time for the first measurement configuration to measure.
第二接入网设备可以根据上文列举的i)、ii)和iii)中的一项或多项,确定终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长。The second access network device may determine the length of time for the terminal device to continue measurement based on the first measurement configuration according to one or more of i), ii) and iii) listed above.
对于i),由于终端设备在接收到来自第一接入网设备的第一测量配置时,就会启动定时器,并同时开始基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。而第一接入网设备向终端设备发送第一测量配置的时刻与终端设备接收来自第一接入网设备的第一测量配置的时刻之间的传输时延很小,可以忽略。因此,若该时间信息指示了第一接入网设备向终端设备发送第一测量配置的时刻,也就相当于指示了该终端设备基于该第一测量配置开始进行测量的时刻。第二接入网设备可以根据接收到该时间信息的时刻与该终端设备基于第一测量开始进行测量的时刻确定该定时器的运行时长。For i), when the terminal device receives the first measurement configuration from the first access network device, it will start the timer and at the same time start to measure based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. The transmission delay between the moment when the first access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device and the moment when the terminal device receives the first measurement configuration from the first access network device is small and can be ignored. Therefore, if the time information indicates the moment when the first access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device, it is equivalent to the moment when the terminal device starts measurement based on the first measurement configuration. The second access network device may determine the running time of the timer according to the moment when the time information is received and the moment when the terminal device starts measuring based on the first measurement.
此外,第一接入网设备可以通过终端设备的上下文携带第一测量配置中的至少部分参数,例如,测量有效时长。由此,第二接入网设备可以根据该第一测量配置中所配置的测量有效时长和定时器的运行时长,确定该终端设备基于该第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长。In addition, the first access network device may carry at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration through the context of the terminal device, for example, the effective duration of the measurement. Therefore, the second access network device can determine the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration according to the effective measurement duration and the running duration of the timer configured in the first measurement configuration.
对于ii),第一接入网设备可以直接将终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的剩余时长发送给第二接入网设备。例如,第一接入网设备在向终端设备发送该第一测量配置时,也可以自行计时。比如在第一接入网设备在发送第一测量配置的同时也可以启动一个定时器,该定时器的运行时长可以是第一测量配置中的测量有效时长。第一接入网设备可以根据该定时器剩余的运行时长生成该时间信息,以便向第二接入网设备发送该时间信 息。在此情况下,该第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送的终端设备的上下文所包含的第一测量配置的参数中可以不包括测量有效时长。For ii), the first access network device may directly send the remaining time for the terminal device to continue measurement based on the first measurement configuration to the second access network device. For example, the first access network device may also time itself when sending the first measurement configuration to the terminal device. For example, when the first access network device sends the first measurement configuration, a timer may also be started, and the running duration of the timer may be the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration. The first access network device may generate the time information according to the remaining running time of the timer, so as to send the time information to the second access network device. In this case, the parameters of the first measurement configuration included in the context of the terminal device sent by the first access network device to the second access network device may not include the effective duration of the measurement.
对于iii),如上文对ii)的相关说明中所述,第一接入网设备可以在向终端设备发送该第一测量配置时自行开始计时。比如在第一接入网设备在发送第一测量配置的同时也可以启动一个定时器,该定时器的运行时长可以是第一测量配置中的测量有效时长。第一接入网设备可以根据该第一测量配置的已用时长(也即是定时器的运行时长)生成该时间信息,以便向第二接入网设备发送该时间信息。For iii), as described in the related description of ii) above, the first access network device can start timing by itself when sending the first measurement configuration to the terminal device. For example, when the first access network device sends the first measurement configuration, a timer may also be started, and the running duration of the timer may be the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration. The first access network device may generate the time information according to the elapsed time length of the first measurement configuration (that is, the running time length of the timer), so as to send the time information to the second access network device.
如上文对i)的相关说明中所述,第一接入网设备可以通过终端设备的上下文携带第一测量配置中的至少部分参数,例如,测量有效时长。由此,第二接入网设备可以根据该第一测量配置中所配置的测量有效时长和定时器的运行时长,确定该终端设备基于该第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长。As mentioned in the related description of i) above, the first access network device may carry at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration through the context of the terminal device, for example, the effective duration of the measurement. Therefore, the second access network device can determine the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration according to the effective measurement duration and the running duration of the timer configured in the first measurement configuration.
应理解,上文列举的时间信息的具体指示的内容仅为示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请对于第一接入网设备指示终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长的具体方式不作限定。It should be understood that the content of the specific indication of the time information listed above is only an example, and should not constitute any limitation to the application. This application does not limit the specific manner in which the first access network device instructs the terminal device to continue the measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
还应理解,第一接入网设备并不一定需要向第二接入网设备发送该时间信息。例如,当该第一测量配置中的测量有效时长为无限大时,且第一接入网设备在发送给第二接入网设备的终端设备的上下文中也包含了该测量有效时长时,该第一接入网设备便没有必要发送该时间信息。It should also be understood that the first access network device does not necessarily need to send the time information to the second access network device. For example, when the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration is infinite, and the first access network device also includes the effective duration of the measurement in the context of the terminal device sent to the second access network device, the The first access network device does not need to send the time information.
当然,当该第一测量配置中的测量有效时长为无限大时,但第一接入网设备在发送给第二接入网设备的终端设备的上下文中为包含该测量有效时长,该第一接入网设备也可以通过该时间信息来指示该终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长为无限大。本申请对此不作限定。只要第二接入网设备能够从第一接入网设备获取到与终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长相关的信息即可。Of course, when the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration is infinite, but the first access network device includes the effective duration of the measurement in the context of the terminal device sent to the second access network device, and the first The access network device may also use the time information to indicate that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration for infinite duration. This application does not limit this. It suffices that the second access network device can obtain information related to the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration from the first access network device.
应理解,图2中所示的各步骤的先后关系仅为示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。这里,步骤212和步骤213例如可以在步骤210之前执行,也可以在步骤210之后执行。本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the sequence of steps shown in FIG. 2 is only an example, and should not constitute any limitation to the application. Here, step 212 and step 213 may be performed before step 210 or after step 210, for example. This application does not limit this.
在一种可能的设计中,上述时间信息也可以携带在终端设备的上下文中。换句话说,上述第一测量配置中的至少部分参数和时间信息均可以包含在终端设备的上下文中,由第一接入网设备发送给第二接入网设备。即,终端设备的上下文包括第一测量配置中的至少部分参数和/或时间信息。In a possible design, the above-mentioned time information may also be carried in the context of the terminal device. In other words, at least part of the parameters and time information in the above-mentioned first measurement configuration may be included in the context of the terminal device and sent by the first access network device to the second access network device. That is, the context of the terminal device includes at least part of the parameters and/or time information in the first measurement configuration.
可以理解,若上述时间信息携带在终端设备的上下文中,则上述步骤213和步骤210可以合为一个步骤,步骤212可以在步骤210之前执行,或者说,步骤212可以在第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送终端设备的上下文之前执行。It can be understood that if the above time information is carried in the context of the terminal device, the above step 213 and step 210 can be combined into one step, and step 212 can be performed before step 210, or in other words, step 212 can be performed in the first access network device. Execute before sending the context of the terminal device to the second access network device.
当然,上述时间信息也可以不携带在终端设备的上下文中,第一接入网设备也可以通过额外的信令向第二接入网设备发送。本申请对此不作限定。Of course, the above time information may not be carried in the context of the terminal device, and the first access network device may also send it to the second access network device through additional signaling. This application does not limit this.
在本实施例中,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送时间信息,以便第二接入网设备根据该时间信息确定该终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长。该终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长,也就是该第一测量配置生效的剩余时间。一旦该第一测量配置失效,保存该第一测量配置的终端设备和接入网设备便可以各自删除该第一测 量配置。In this embodiment, the first access network device sends time information to the second access network device, so that the second access network device determines, according to the time information, the duration for the terminal device to continue measurement based on the first measurement configuration. The length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, that is, the remaining time for the first measurement configuration to take effect. Once the first measurement configuration becomes invalid, the terminal device and the access network device that saved the first measurement configuration can delete the first measurement configuration respectively.
例如,若第一测量配置在第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送终端设备的上下文之前未失效,则第一接入网设备可以将该第一测量配置中的至少部分参数携带在该终端设备的上下文中发送给第二接入网设备。获取到该第一测量配置的第二接入网设备可以在第一测量配置失效后删除该第一测量配置。相应地,终端设备也可以在该第一测量配置失效后删除该第一测量配置。第二接入网设备作为新的源接入网设备,可以不必再向新的目标接入网设备发送该第一测量配置了,从而避免不必要的开销。For example, if the first measurement configuration does not become invalid before the first access network device sends the context of the terminal device to the second access network device, the first access network device may carry at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration It is sent to the second access network device in the context of the terminal device. The second access network device that has acquired the first measurement configuration may delete the first measurement configuration after the first measurement configuration becomes invalid. Correspondingly, the terminal device may also delete the first measurement configuration after the first measurement configuration becomes invalid. As the second access network device is the new source access network device, it is unnecessary to send the first measurement configuration to the new target access network device, thereby avoiding unnecessary overhead.
与之相对应地,若该第一测量配置在第一接入网设备在发送该终端设备的上下文之前就已失效,则该第一接入网设备也就可以直接删除该第一测量配置,而不必再向第二接入网设备发送该第一测量配置。此情况下,该第二接入网设备可以重新为该终端设备配置新的测量配置,例如上述第二测量配置。Correspondingly, if the first measurement configuration becomes invalid before the first access network device sends the context of the terminal device, the first access network device can also directly delete the first measurement configuration. It is not necessary to send the first measurement configuration to the second access network device. In this case, the second access network device may reconfigure a new measurement configuration for the terminal device, such as the foregoing second measurement configuration.
作为另一个实施例,第二接入网设备从第一接入网设备获取第二消息,并将该第二消息发送给终端设备。As another embodiment, the second access network device obtains the second message from the first access network device, and sends the second message to the terminal device.
可选地,在步骤204之前,该方法200还包括:Optionally, before step 204, the method 200 further includes:
步骤214,第一接入网设备生成第二消息,该第二消息用于终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的确定;Step 214: The first access network device generates a second message, which is used to determine whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least some parameters in the first measurement configuration;
步骤215,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送该第二消息。相对应地,在步骤215中,第二接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的第二消息。Step 215: The first access network device sends the second message to the second access network device. Correspondingly, in step 215, the second access network device receives the second message from the first access network device.
换句话说,该第二接入网设备将第二消息透传给终端设备。In other words, the second access network device transparently transmits the second message to the terminal device.
第二接入网设备将从第一接入网设备接收到的第二消息转发给终端设备,说明该第二接入网设备并没有成为该终端设备的新的源接入网设备。换句话说,该第二接入网设备并未从第一接入网设备获取到该终端设备的上下文。The second access network device forwards the second message received from the first access network device to the terminal device, indicating that the second access network device has not become the new source access network device of the terminal device. In other words, the second access network device has not obtained the context of the terminal device from the first access network device.
可选地,该第二消息携带在上下文获取失败消息中。步骤215具体可以包括:第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送上下文获取失败消息,该上下文获取失败消息中携带第二消息。相应地,第二接入网设备接收该上下文获取失败消息,并从该上下文获取失败消息中获取该第二消息。Optionally, the second message is carried in a context acquisition failure message. Step 215 may specifically include: the first access network device sends a context acquisition failure message to the second access network device, where the context acquisition failure message carries the second message. Correspondingly, the second access network device receives the context acquisition failure message, and acquires the second message from the context acquisition failure message.
该第一接入网设备通过第二消息指示是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量,以及终端设备如何根据该第二消息确定是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数的详细描述可以参考本申请实施例步骤206中的描述,此处不再赘述。如前所述,该第二消息中可以包括第二测量配置或第三测量配置。也就是说,该第二消息可以包括第一接入网设备为该终端设备配置的新的用于测量的参数。The first access network device indicates through a second message whether to perform measurement based on at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and how the terminal device determines whether based on the detailed description of at least some of the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message You can refer to the description in step 206 in the embodiment of the present application, which will not be repeated here. As mentioned above, the second message may include the second measurement configuration or the third measurement configuration. That is, the second message may include a new measurement parameter configured by the first access network device for the terminal device.
以该第二消息中包括第二测量配置为例,在本实施例中,由于第一接入网设备仍然是该终端设备的源接入网设备,如果要为终端设备配置新的测量配置,仍然由第一接入网设备来配置。因此上述第二测量配置是来自第一接入网设备的测量配置。与之相似地,若该第二消息包括第三测量配置,则该第三测量配置也可以是由第一接入网设备为该终端设备配置的。Taking the second measurement configuration included in the second message as an example, in this embodiment, since the first access network device is still the source access network device of the terminal device, if a new measurement configuration is to be configured for the terminal device, It is still configured by the first access network device. Therefore, the foregoing second measurement configuration is a measurement configuration from the first access network device. Similarly, if the second message includes the third measurement configuration, the third measurement configuration may also be configured by the first access network device for the terminal device.
应理解,第二消息中并不限于包括上述第二测量配置或第三测量配置。该第二消息包含的具体内容可以参考本申请实施例步骤206中的描述,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the second message is not limited to including the foregoing second measurement configuration or third measurement configuration. For the specific content contained in the second message, reference may be made to the description in step 206 of the embodiment of the present application. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
需要说明的是,第一接入网设备是否向第二接入网设备转发终端设备的上下文属于第 一接入网设备的内部决策。例如,第一接入网设备可以在周期性无线接入网通知区域(RAN notification area,RNA)更新、小包传输等场景下,向第二接入网设备发送上下文获取失败消息。换句话说,在周期性RNA更新、小包传输等场景下,第一接入网设备不需要向第二接入网设备转发终端设备的上下文,仍然可以作为该终端设备的源接入网设备。应理解,这里所列举的第一接入网设备不转发终端设备的上下文的场景仅为示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请对于第一接入网设备不转发终端设备的上下文的具体场景不作限定。It should be noted that whether the first access network device forwards the context of the terminal device to the second access network device belongs to the internal decision of the first access network device. For example, the first access network device may send a context acquisition failure message to the second access network device in scenarios such as periodic radio access network notification area (RAN notification area, RNA) update and small packet transmission. In other words, in scenarios such as periodic RNA update, small packet transmission, etc., the first access network device does not need to forward the context of the terminal device to the second access network device, and can still serve as the source access network device of the terminal device. It should be understood that the scenarios in which the first access network device does not forward the context of the terminal device listed here are only examples, and should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not limit the specific scenario in which the first access network device does not forward the context of the terminal device.
应理解,上文结合不同的情况详细描述了第二接入网设备获取第二消息的过程以及后续执行的相关操作。图中仅为便于理解,示出了上述各个步骤。但这并不代表各设备、如终端设备、第二接入网设备和第一接入网设备执行了图中的全部步骤。比如,步骤210至步骤213可对应于一个实施例,步骤214和步骤215可对应与另一个实施例,图中为便于区分,将该两个实施例所对应的步骤用分别用虚线框示出。It should be understood that the process of acquiring the second message by the second access network device and related operations subsequently performed are described in detail above in combination with different situations. The figure is only for ease of understanding and shows the above steps. But this does not mean that each device, such as the terminal device, the second access network device, and the first access network device, has performed all the steps in the figure. For example, step 210 to step 213 may correspond to one embodiment, and step 214 and step 215 may correspond to another embodiment. To facilitate the distinction in the figure, the steps corresponding to the two embodiments are shown in dashed boxes. .
基于上文所述的技术方案,终端设备在从一个小区(例如记作源小区)移动到另一个小区(例如记作目标小区)的过程中,可以保留从源小区接收到的测量配置(例如上述第一测量配置)。接入网设备可以指示终端设备是否可以继续沿用第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数。在终端设备可以继续沿用第一测量配置中的全部参数的情况下,接入网设备可以不必通过额外的开销来重新为终端设备配置用于测量的参数,而仅需通过少量的几个指示比特来指示终端设备继续基于第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。在可以基于沿用第一测量配置中的部分参数的情况下,接入网设备也可以将附加的用于测量的参数发送给终端设备,而不需要将全部的配置参数发给终端设备,从而也可以减小配置带来的开销。如此一来,接入网设备可以不必在每一次配置终端设备进入去活动态或空闲态时为终端设备发送测量配置,可以节省频繁地测量配置带来的空口开销。Based on the technical solution described above, the terminal device can retain the measurement configuration (e.g., the source cell) received from the source cell while moving from one cell (e.g., the source cell) to another cell (e.g., the target cell). The above first measurement configuration). The access network device may indicate whether the terminal device can continue to use some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration. In the case that the terminal device can continue to use all the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the access network device may not need to reconfigure the measurement parameters for the terminal device through additional overhead, but only need to pass a few indication bits. To instruct the terminal device to continue measuring based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration. Under the condition that part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration can be used, the access network device can also send additional measurement parameters to the terminal device without sending all the configuration parameters to the terminal device. Can reduce the cost of configuration. In this way, the access network device does not need to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device every time the terminal device is configured to enter the inactive or idle state, which can save air interface overhead caused by frequent measurement configuration.
因此,本申请实施例提供的方法,接入网设备能够根据第一测量配置中的参数,进行合理地判断。在必要的情况下,向终端设备发送新配置的参数。从而可以较大程度地减小为终端设备配置参数带来的开销。同时又兼顾了测量效果,从而有利于在开销和测量效果之间获得较高的折衷效率。Therefore, in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the access network device can make a reasonable judgment according to the parameters in the first measurement configuration. If necessary, send the newly configured parameters to the terminal device. This can greatly reduce the cost of configuring parameters for the terminal device. At the same time, the measurement effect is taken into account, which is beneficial to obtain a higher compromise efficiency between the cost and the measurement effect.
应理解,上述实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in the above embodiments, the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiments of this application. .
以上,结合图2详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下,结合图3至图5详细说明本申请实施例提供的装置。Above, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail with reference to FIG. 2. Hereinafter, the device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 3 to 5.
图3是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图3所示,该通信装置1000可以包括处理单元1100和收发单元1200。Fig. 3 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3, the communication device 1000 may include a processing unit 1100 and a transceiver unit 1200.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备,例如,可以为终端设备,或者配置用于终端设备的部件(如芯片或电路,可配置于终端设备中)。In a possible design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the above method embodiment. For example, it may be a terminal device, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) configured for the terminal device may be configured in the terminal device. In the device).
应理解,该通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法200中的终端设备,该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行图2中的方法200中终端设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中的方法200的相应流程。It should be understood that the communication device 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the method 200 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the method 200 in FIG. 2. In addition, each unit in the communication device 1000 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 200 in FIG. 2.
具体地,该收发单元1200可用于接收来自源接入网设备的第一消息,该第一消息指示终端设备进入去活动态,该第一消息包括第一测量配置,该第一测量配置包括用于终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数。Specifically, the transceiver unit 1200 may be configured to receive a first message from the source access network device, the first message instructing the terminal device to enter the inactive state, the first message including the first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration including the It is a parameter that is measured when the terminal device is in an inactive state.
该处理单元1100可用于根据第一消息进入去活动态,并基于第一测量配置进行测量。The processing unit 1100 may be configured to enter the inactive state according to the first message, and perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
该收发单元1200还用于向目标接入网设备发送用于恢复RRC连接的请求,并接收来自目标接入网设备的第二消息,该第二消息用于指示终端设备进入去活动态或空闲态。The transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send a request for restoring the RRC connection to the target access network device, and receive a second message from the target access network device, the second message is used to instruct the terminal device to enter an inactive state or idle state.
该处理单元1100还用于根据第二消息,基于第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量。The processing unit 1100 is further configured to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message.
可选地,该处理单元1100还用于根据第二消息,进入去活动态或空闲态,或,保持在去活动态或空闲态。Optionally, the processing unit 1100 is further configured to enter the inactive state or the idle state according to the second message, or keep in the inactive state or the idle state.
可选地,该第二消息包括用于指示基于第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的信息。Optionally, the second message includes information for instructing to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
可选地,该第二消息包括第二测量配置,该第二测量配置包括用于该终端设备进行测量的参数。Optionally, the second message includes a second measurement configuration, and the second measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement.
进一步地,该处理单元1100还用于根据第二消息,基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量。Further, the processing unit 1100 is further configured to perform measurement based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration according to the second message.
可选地,该第二消息包括第三测量配置,该第三测量配置包括附加的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数。Optionally, the second message includes a third measurement configuration, and the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters used for measurement by the terminal device.
进一步地,该处理单元1100还用于根据第二消息,基于第一测量配置中的部分或全部参数以及第三测量配置中的参数进行配置,并基于配置后的参数进行测量。Further, the processing unit 1100 is further configured to perform configuration based on some or all of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration according to the second message, and perform measurement based on the configured parameters.
可选地,该第二消息包括用于指示重启定时器或继续运行定时器的信息;该定时器基于第一测量配置启动,且该定时器的运行时长为所述第一测量配置中包括的测量有效时长。Optionally, the second message includes information for instructing to restart the timer or continue to run the timer; the timer is started based on the first measurement configuration, and the running time of the timer is included in the first measurement configuration Measure the effective time.
进一步地,该处理单元1100还用于根据所述第二消息,重启定时器或继续运行定时器,并在定时器的运行时长到达后,确定停止基于第一测量配置进行测量。当该通信装置1000用于执行图2中的方法200时,处理单元1100可用于执行方法200中的步骤202、步骤205至步骤208,收发单元1200可用于执行方法200中的步骤201、步骤203和步骤204。应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Further, the processing unit 1100 is further configured to restart the timer or continue to run the timer according to the second message, and determine to stop the measurement based on the first measurement configuration after the running time of the timer is reached. When the communication device 1000 is used to perform the method 200 in FIG. 2, the processing unit 1100 can be used to perform step 202, step 205 to step 208 in the method 200, and the transceiver unit 1200 can be used to perform step 201 and step 203 in the method 200 And step 204. It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the foregoing corresponding steps has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
还应理解,该通信装置1000为终端设备时,该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过收发器实现,例如可对应于图4中示出的终端设备2000中的收发器2020,该通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可通过至少一个处理器实现,例如可对应于图4中示出的终端设备2000中的处理器2010。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1000 is a terminal device, the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG. The processing unit 1100 in 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 2010 in the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG. 4.
还应理解,该通信装置1000为终端设备中的芯片时,该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过输入/输出接口实现。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1000 is a chip in a terminal device, the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented through an input/output interface.
可选地,该通信装置1000还包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令或者数据,处理单元可以调用该存储单元中存储的指令或者数据,以实现相应的操作。该存储单元可通过至少一个存储器实现,例如可对应于图4中的终端设备2000中的存储器2030。Optionally, the communication device 1000 further includes a storage unit, and the storage unit can be used to store instructions or data, and the processing unit can call the instructions or data stored in the storage unit to implement corresponding operations. The storage unit may be implemented by at least one memory, for example, may correspond to the memory 2030 in the terminal device 2000 in FIG. 4.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的接入网设备, 例如,可以为接入网设备,或者配置用于接入网设备中的部件(如芯片或电路,可配置于接入网设备中)。In another possible design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the access network device in the above method embodiment, for example, it may be an access network device, or a component (such as Chip or circuit can be configured in the access network equipment).
可选地,该通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法200中的第一接入网设备,该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行图2中的方法200中第一接入网设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中的方法200的相应流程。Optionally, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the first access network device in the method 200 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may include the first access network device for executing the method 200 in FIG. 2 The unit of the method of execution. In addition, each unit in the communication device 1000 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 200 in FIG. 2.
具体地,该处理单元1100用于生成第二消息,该第二消息用于终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的确定,该第一测量配置为源接入网设备指示该终端设备进入去活动态时配置给该终端设备的,且该第一测量配置包括用于该终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数。Specifically, the processing unit 1100 is configured to generate a second message for determining whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration is the source access network. It is configured for the terminal device when the device instructs the terminal device to enter the inactive state, and the first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in the inactive state.
该收发单元1200用于通过目标接入网设备向该终端设备发送该第二消息。The transceiver unit 1200 is configured to send the second message to the terminal device through the target access network device.
可选地,该收发单元1200还用于发送第一消息,该第一消息用于指示终端设备进入去活动态,该第一消息包括第一测量配置,该第一测量配置包括用于终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1200 is further configured to send a first message for instructing the terminal device to enter an inactive state, the first message includes a first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration includes Parameters to be measured in the deactivated state.
可选地,该收发单元1200还用于接收来自目标接入网设备发送的获取终端设备的上下文的请求;并用于向该目标接入网设备发送上下文获取失败消息,该上下文获取失败消息中包括第二消息,该上下文获取失败消息用于指示对终端设备的上下文获取失败。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to receive a request for acquiring the context of the terminal device sent from the target access network device; and to send a context acquisition failure message to the target access network device, and the context acquisition failure message includes The second message, the context acquisition failure message is used to indicate that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails.
可选地,该第二消息包括用于指示基于第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的信息。Optionally, the second message includes information for instructing to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
可选地,该第二消息包括第二测量配置,该第二测量配置包括用于该终端设备进行测量的参数。Optionally, the second message includes a second measurement configuration, and the second measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement.
可选地,该第二消息包括第三测量配置,该第三测量配置包括附加的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数。Optionally, the second message includes a third measurement configuration, and the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters used for measurement by the terminal device.
可选地,该第二消息包括用于指示重启定时器或继续运行定时器的信息;该定时器基于第一测量配置启动,且该定时器的运行时长为所述第一测量配置中包括的测量有效时长。Optionally, the second message includes information for instructing to restart the timer or continue to run the timer; the timer is started based on the first measurement configuration, and the running time of the timer is included in the first measurement configuration Measure the effective time.
可选地,该第二消息中还包括第二测量配置或第三测量配置,该第二测量配置包括用于终端设备进行测量的参数,该第三测量配置包括附加的用于终端设备进行测量的参数。Optionally, the second message further includes a second measurement configuration or a third measurement configuration, the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement, and the third measurement configuration includes additional measurements for the terminal device. Parameters.
在另一种实现方式中,该处理单元1100用于生成时间信息,该时间信息用于确定终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长,该第一测量配置来自源接入网设备,且该第一测量配置包括用于该终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数。In another implementation manner, the processing unit 1100 is used to generate time information, the time information is used to determine the length of time the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, the first measurement configuration comes from the source access network device, and The first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in an inactive state.
该收发单元1200用于向目标接入网设备发送该时间信息。The transceiver unit 1200 is configured to send the time information to the target access network device.
可选地,该时间信息具体指示以下一项或多项:源接入网设备向终端设备发送第一测量配置的时刻;或源接入网设备基于第一测量配置中的测量有效时长确定的剩余时长;或基于第一测量配置进行测量的已用时长。Optionally, the time information specifically indicates one or more of the following: the moment when the source access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device; or the source access network device determines based on the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration The remaining time; or the elapsed time measured based on the first measurement configuration.
可选地,该收发单元1200还用于接收来自目标接入网设备发送的获取终端设备的上下文的请求;并用于向该目标接入网设备发送该终端设备的上下文。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to receive a request for acquiring the context of the terminal device sent from the target access network device; and to send the context of the terminal device to the target access network device.
可选地,该时间信息携带在终端设备的上下文中。Optionally, the time information is carried in the context of the terminal device.
可选地,该终端设备的上下文中还包括所述第一测量配置的至少部分参数。Optionally, the context of the terminal device also includes at least part of the parameters of the first measurement configuration.
当该通信装置1000用于执行图2中的方法200时,处理单元1100可用于执行方法200中的步骤212或步骤204,收发单元1200可用于执行方法200中的步骤209,还可用于执行方法200中的步骤210和步骤213,或,也可用于执行方法200中的步骤215。应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。When the communication device 1000 is used to execute the method 200 in FIG. 2, the processing unit 1100 can be used to execute step 212 or step 204 in the method 200, and the transceiver unit 1200 can be used to execute step 209 in the method 200, and can also be used to execute the method. Step 210 and step 213 in 200 may also be used to execute step 215 in method 200. It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the foregoing corresponding steps has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
应理解,处理单元1100可用于执行方法200中第一接入网设备的生成和/或确定的步骤,收发单元1100可用于执行方法200中第一接入网设备的接收和/或发送的步骤。为了简洁,这不一一列举。It should be understood that the processing unit 1100 may be used to perform the steps of generating and/or determining the first access network device in the method 200, and the transceiving unit 1100 may be used to perform the steps of receiving and/or sending the first access network device in the method 200 . For the sake of brevity, I will not list them all.
可选地,该通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法200中的第二接入网设备,该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行图2中的方法200中第二接入网设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中的方法200的相应流程。Optionally, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the second access network device in the method 200 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may include the second access network device for executing the method 200 in FIG. 2 The unit of the method of execution. In addition, each unit in the communication device 1000 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 200 in FIG. 2.
具体地,该收发单元1200用于接收第二消息,并用于向终端设备发送该第二消息。该第二消息用于终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的确定,该第一测量配置为源接入网设备指示该终端设备进入去活动态时配置给该终端设备的,且该第一测量配置包括用于该终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数。Specifically, the transceiving unit 1200 is used for receiving the second message and used for sending the second message to the terminal device. The second message is used to determine whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration is configured to the terminal when the source access network device instructs the terminal device to enter the inactive state Device, and the first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in an inactive state.
可选地,该收发单元1200还用于向源接入网设备发送用于获取终端设备的上下文的请求,并用于接收来自该源接入网设备的上下文获取失败消息,该上下文获取失败消息中包括第二消息,该上下文获取失败消息用于指示对终端设备的上下文获取失败。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send a request for acquiring the context of the terminal device to the source access network device, and to receive a context acquisition failure message from the source access network device. The context acquisition failure message A second message is included, and the context acquisition failure message is used to indicate that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails.
可选地,该上下文获取失败消息中包括第二测量配置或第三测量配置,该第二测量配置包括用于终端设备进行测量的参数,该第三测量配置包括附加的用于终端设备进行测量的参数。Optionally, the context acquisition failure message includes a second measurement configuration or a third measurement configuration, the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement, and the third measurement configuration includes additional measurements for the terminal device Parameters.
在另一种实现方式中,该处理单元1100用于生成第二消息,该第二消息用于终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的确定,该第一测量配置为源接入网设备指示该终端设备进入去活动态时配置给该终端设备的,且该第一测量配置包括用于该终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数。In another implementation manner, the processing unit 1100 is configured to generate a second message for determining whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration It is configured for the terminal device when the source access network device instructs the terminal device to enter the inactive state, and the first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in the inactive state.
该收发单元1200用于发送该第二消息。The transceiver unit 1200 is used to send the second message.
可选地,该收发单元1200还用于向源接入网设备发送用于获取终端设备的上下文的请求,并用于接收来自该源接入网设备的终端设备的上下文。该处理单元1100可以基于接收到的终端设备的上下文生成该第二消息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send a request for acquiring the context of the terminal device to the source access network device, and to receive the context of the terminal device from the source access network device. The processing unit 1100 may generate the second message based on the received context of the terminal device.
可选地,该收发单元1200还用于接收来自源接入网设备的时间信息,该时间信息用于确定终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to receive time information from the source access network device, where the time information is used to determine the duration for the terminal device to continue measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
可选地,该时间信息具体指示以下一项或多项:源接入网设备向终端设备发送所述第一测量配置的时刻;源接入网设备基于第一测量配置中的测量有效时长确定的剩余时长;以及基于第一测量配置进行测量的已用时长。Optionally, the time information specifically indicates one or more of the following: the time when the source access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device; the source access network device determines based on the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration And the elapsed time measured based on the first measurement configuration.
可选地,该时间信息携带在终端设备的上下文中。Optionally, the time information is carried in the context of the terminal device.
结合上述两种实现方式,可选地,第二消息包括用于指示基于第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的信息。In combination with the foregoing two implementation manners, optionally, the second message includes information for instructing to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
结合上述两种实现方式,可选地,该第二消息包括第二测量配置,该第二测量配置包 括用于该终端设备进行测量的参数。Combining the foregoing two implementation manners, optionally, the second message includes a second measurement configuration, and the second measurement configuration includes parameters used for measurement by the terminal device.
结合上述两种实现方式,可选地,该第二消息包括第三测量配置,该第三测量配置包括附加的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数。Combining the foregoing two implementation manners, optionally, the second message includes a third measurement configuration, and the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters used for measurement by the terminal device.
结合上述两种实现方式,可选地,该第二消息包括用于指示重启定时器或继续运行定时器的信息;该定时器基于第一测量配置启动,且该定时器的运行时长为所述第一测量配置中包括的测量有效时长。Combining the foregoing two implementation manners, optionally, the second message includes information for indicating restarting the timer or continuing to run the timer; the timer is started based on the first measurement configuration, and the running time of the timer is the above The effective duration of the measurement included in the first measurement configuration.
结合上述两种实现方式,可选地,该第二消息中还包括第二测量配置或第三测量配置,该第二测量配置包括用于终端设备进行测量的参数,该第三测量配置包括附加的用于终端设备进行测量的参数。Combining the foregoing two implementation manners, optionally, the second message further includes a second measurement configuration or a third measurement configuration, the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement, and the third measurement configuration includes additional The parameters used for the terminal equipment to measure.
其中,当该通信装置1000用于执行图2中的方法200时,处理单元1100可用于执行方法200中的步骤211,收发单元1200可用于执行方法200中的步骤203、步骤204和步骤209,还可用于执行方法200中的步骤210和步骤213,或,也可用于执行方法200中的步骤215。应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Wherein, when the communication device 1000 is used to perform the method 200 in FIG. 2, the processing unit 1100 can be used to perform step 211 in the method 200, and the transceiver unit 1200 can be used to perform step 203, step 204, and step 209 in the method 200. It can also be used to execute step 210 and step 213 in method 200, or it can also be used to execute step 215 in method 200. It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the foregoing corresponding steps has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
应理解,处理单元1100可用于执行方法200中第二接入网设备的生成和/或确定的步骤,收发单元1100可用于执行方法200中第二接入网设备的接收和/或发送的步骤。为了简洁,这不一一列举。It should be understood that the processing unit 1100 may be used to perform the steps of generating and/or determining the second access network device in the method 200, and the transceiving unit 1100 may be used to perform the steps of receiving and/or sending the second access network device in the method 200 . For the sake of brevity, I will not list them all.
还应理解,该通信装置1000为接入网设备时,该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可通过收发器实现,例如可对应于图5中示出的接入网设备3000中的射频单元3012和天线3011,该通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可通过至少一个处理器实现,例如可对应于图5中示出的基站3000中的处理器3022。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1000 is an access network device, the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 can be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it can correspond to the radio frequency unit 3012 in the access network device 3000 shown in FIG. And the antenna 3011, the processing unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 3022 in the base station 3000 shown in FIG. 5.
还应理解,该通信装置1000为配置于接入网设备中的芯片时,该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可通过输入/输出接口实现。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1000 is a chip configured in an access network device, the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented through an input/output interface.
可选地,该通信装置1000还包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令或者数据,处理单元可以调用该存储单元中存储的指令或者数据,以实现相应的操作。该存储单元可通过至少一个存储器实现,例如可对应于图5中的接入网设备3000中的存储器3201。Optionally, the communication device 1000 further includes a storage unit, and the storage unit can be used to store instructions or data, and the processing unit can call the instructions or data stored in the storage unit to implement corresponding operations. The storage unit may be implemented by at least one memory, for example, may correspond to the memory 3201 in the access network device 3000 in FIG. 5.
图4是本申请实施例提供的终端设备2000的结构示意图。该终端设备2000可应用于如图1所示的系统中,执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。如图所示,该终端设备2000包括处理器2010和收发器2020。可选地,该终端设备2000还包括存储器2030。其中,处理器2010、收发器2002和存储器2030之间可以通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器2030用于存储计算机程序,该处理器2010用于从该存储器2030中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制该收发器2020收发信号。可选地,终端设备2000还可以包括天线2040,用于将收发器2020输出的上行数据或上行控制信令通过无线信号发送出去。FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device 2000 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. As shown in the figure, the terminal device 2000 includes a processor 2010 and a transceiver 2020. Optionally, the terminal device 2000 further includes a memory 2030. Among them, the processor 2010, the transceiver 2002, and the memory 2030 can communicate with each other through internal connection paths to transfer control and/or data signals. The memory 2030 is used for storing computer programs, and the processor 2010 is used for downloading from the memory 2030. Call and run the computer program to control the transceiver 2020 to send and receive signals. Optionally, the terminal device 2000 may further include an antenna 2040 for transmitting the uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 2020 through a wireless signal.
上述处理器2010可以和存储器2030可以合成一个处理装置,处理器2010用于执行存储器2030中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器2030也可以集成在处理器2010中,或者独立于处理器2010。该处理器2010可以与图3中的处理单元对应。The aforementioned processor 2010 and the memory 2030 can be combined into a processing device, and the processor 2010 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 2030 to implement the aforementioned functions. During specific implementation, the memory 2030 may also be integrated in the processor 2010 or independent of the processor 2010. The processor 2010 may correspond to the processing unit in FIG. 3.
上述收发器2020和天线2040可以与图3中的收发单元对应,也可以称为收发单元。 收发器2020可以包括接收器(或称接收机、接收电路)和发射器(或称发射机、发射电路)。其中,接收器用于接收信号,发射器用于发射信号。The aforementioned transceiver 2020 and antenna 2040 may correspond to the transceiver unit in FIG. 3, and may also be referred to as a transceiver unit. The transceiver 2020 may include a receiver (or called receiver, receiving circuit) and a transmitter (or called transmitter, transmitting circuit). Among them, the receiver is used to receive signals, and the transmitter is used to transmit signals.
应理解,图4所示的终端设备2000能够实现图2所示方法实施例中涉及终端设备的各个过程。终端设备2000中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。It should be understood that the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG. 4 can implement various processes involving the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2. The operations and/or functions of each module in the terminal device 2000 are respectively for implementing the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, please refer to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments. To avoid repetition, detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
上述处理器2010可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由终端设备内部实现的动作,而收发器2020可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的终端设备向接入网设备发送或从接入网设备接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The above-mentioned processor 2010 can be used to execute the actions described in the previous method embodiments implemented by the terminal device, and the transceiver 2020 can be used to execute the terminal device described in the previous method embodiments to send or receive from the access network device The action received by the network device. For details, please refer to the description in the previous method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,上述终端设备2000还可以包括电源2050,用于给终端设备中的各种器件或电路提供电源。Optionally, the aforementioned terminal device 2000 may further include a power supply 2050 for providing power to various devices or circuits in the terminal device.
除此之外,为了使得终端设备的功能更加完善,该终端设备2000还可以包括输入单元2060、显示单元2070、音频电路2080、摄像头2090和传感器2100等中的一个或多个,所述音频电路还可以包括扬声器2082、麦克风2084等。In addition, in order to make the function of the terminal device more complete, the terminal device 2000 may also include one or more of an input unit 2060, a display unit 2070, an audio circuit 2080, a camera 2090, and a sensor 2100. The audio circuit A speaker 2082, a microphone 2084, etc. may also be included.
图5是本申请实施例提供的接入网设备的结构示意图,例如可以为基站的结构示意图。该基站3000可应用于如图1所示的系统中,执行上述方法实施例中第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备的功能。如图所示,该基站3000可包括一个或多个DU 3010和一个或多个CU 3020。CU 3020可以与NG core(下一代核心网,NC)通信。所述DU 3010可以包括至少一个天线3011,至少一个射频单元3012,至少一个处理器3013和至少一个存储器3014。所述DU 3010部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,以及部分基带处理。CU 3020可以包括至少一个处理器3022和至少一个存储器3021。CU 3020和DU 3010之间可以通过接口进行通信,其中,控制面(control plane,CP)接口可以为Fs-C,比如F1-C,用户面(user plane,UP)接口可以为Fs-U,比如F1-U。Fig. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application, and may be, for example, a schematic structural diagram of a base station. The base station 3000 may be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the first access network device or the second access network device in the foregoing method embodiment. As shown in the figure, the base station 3000 may include one or more DU 3010 and one or more CU 3020. The CU 3020 can communicate with NGcore (Next Generation Core Network, NC). The DU 3010 may include at least one antenna 3011, at least one radio frequency unit 3012, at least one processor 3013, and at least one memory 3014. The DU 3010 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals, the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, and part of baseband processing. The CU 3020 may include at least one processor 3022 and at least one memory 3021. CU 3020 and DU 3010 can communicate through interfaces, where the control plane (CP) interface can be Fs-C, such as F1-C, and the user plane (UP) interface can be Fs-U. For example, F1-U.
所述CU 3020部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述DU 3010与CU 3020可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。所述CU 3020为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能。例如所述CU 3020可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于接入网设备的操作流程。The CU 3020 part is mainly used for baseband processing, control of base stations, and so on. The DU 3010 and the CU 3020 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station. The CU 3020 is the control center of the base station, which may also be called a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions. For example, the CU 3020 may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the access network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
具体的,CU和DU上的基带处理可以根据无线网络的协议层划分,例如PDCP层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,PDCP以下的协议层,例如RLC层和MAC层等的功能设置在DU。又例如,CU实现RRC层、PDCP层的功能,DU实现RLC层、MAC层和PHY层的功能。Specifically, the baseband processing on the CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network. For example, the functions of the PDCP layer and above are set in the CU, and the protocol layers below the PDCP, such as the RLC layer and MAC layer, are set in the DU. . For another example, the CU implements the functions of the RRC layer and the PDCP layer, and the DU implements the functions of the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer.
此外,可选地,基站3000可以包括一个或多个射频单元(RU),一个或多个DU和一个或多个CU。其中,DU可以包括至少一个处理器3013和至少一个存储器3014,RU可以包括至少一个天线3011和至少一个射频单元3012,CU可以包括至少一个处理器3022和至少一个存储器3021。In addition, optionally, the base station 3000 may include one or more radio frequency units (RU), one or more DUs, and one or more CUs. The DU may include at least one processor 3013 and at least one memory 3014, the RU may include at least one antenna 3011 and at least one radio frequency unit 3012, and the CU may include at least one processor 3022 and at least one memory 3021.
在一个实例中,所述CU 3020可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入指示的无线接入网(如5G网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网,5G网或其他网)。所述存储器3021和处理器3022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储 器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。所述DU 3010可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入指示的无线接入网(如5G网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网,5G网或其他网)。所述存储器3014和处理器3013可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the CU 3020 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network (such as a 5G network) with a single access indication, and may also support different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks). The memory 3021 and the processor 3022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board. The DU 3010 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a wireless access network with a single access indication (such as a 5G network), or can respectively support wireless access networks with different access standards ( Such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks). The memory 3014 and the processor 3013 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
应理解,图5所示的基站3000能够实现图2所示方法实施例中涉及第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备的各个过程。基站3000中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。It should be understood that the base station 3000 shown in FIG. 5 can implement various processes involving the first access network device or the second access network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2. The operations and/or functions of the various modules in the base station 3000 are used to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, please refer to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments. To avoid repetition, detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
应理解,图5所示出的基站3000仅为接入网设备的一种可能的架构,而不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请所提供的方法可适用于其他架构的接入网设备。例如,包含CU、DU和AAU的接入网设备等。本申请对于接入网设备的具体架构不作限定。It should be understood that the base station 3000 shown in FIG. 5 is only a possible architecture of the access network device, and should not constitute any limitation in this application. The method provided in this application is applicable to access network equipment of other architectures. For example, access network equipment including CU, DU, and AAU. This application does not limit the specific architecture of the access network device.
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口;所述处理器用于执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
应理解,上述处理装置可以是一个或多个芯片。例如,该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(microIt should be understood that the aforementioned processing device may be one or more chips. For example, the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC), or It is a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or a microcontroller (microcontroller).
controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。The controller unit, MCU), may also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, the steps of the above method can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. In order to avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components . The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) And direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memories of the systems and methods described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图2所示实施例中的方法。According to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 Method in.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行上述各个实施例中任意一个网元执行的方法,例如图2所示实施例中终端设备、第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备分别执行的方法。According to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a computer-readable medium that stores program code, and when the program code runs on a computer, the computer executes any of the foregoing embodiments. A method executed by a network element, for example, the method executed by the terminal device, the first access network device, or the second access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 respectively.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种系统,其包括前述的一个或多个终端设备以及一个或多个接入网设备。According to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned one or more terminal devices and one or more access network devices.
上述各个装置实施例中接入往往设备与终端设备和方法实施例中的接入网设备或终端设备完全对应,由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤,例如通信单元(收发器)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤,除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中,处理器可以为一个或多个。The access equipment in the above-mentioned device embodiments completely corresponds to the access network equipment or terminal equipment in the terminal equipment and method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units execute the corresponding steps, for example, the communication unit (transceiver) executes the method implementation In the example of receiving or sending steps, other steps except sending and receiving can be executed by the processing unit (processor). For the functions of specific units, refer to the corresponding method embodiments. There may be one or more processors.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在两个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system", etc. used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, processor, object, executable file, thread of execution, program, and/or computer running on the processor. Through the illustration, both the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components. One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers. In addition, these components can be executed from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. The component may be based on, for example, a signal having one or more data packets (such as data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step),能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the various illustrative logical blocks and steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. achieve. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,各功能单元的功能可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令(程序)。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令(程序)时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the foregoing embodiments, the functions of each functional unit may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions (programs). When the computer program instructions (programs) are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium, (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (71)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method includes:
    接收来自源接入网设备的第一消息,所述第一消息指示终端设备进入去活动态,所述第一消息包括第一测量配置,所述第一测量配置包括用于所述终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数;Receiving a first message from a source access network device, the first message instructing the terminal device to enter an inactive state, the first message including a first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration including information for the terminal device Parameters to be measured in the active state;
    根据所述第一消息,进入去活动态,并基于所述第一测量配置进行测量;Enter an inactive state according to the first message, and perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration;
    向目标接入网设备发送用于恢复无线资源控制RRC连接的请求,并接收来自所述目标接入网设备的第二消息,所述第二消息指示所述终端设备进入去活动态或空闲态;以及Send a request for restoring a radio resource control RRC connection to a target access network device, and receive a second message from the target access network device, the second message instructing the terminal device to enter an inactive state or an idle state ;as well as
    根据所述第二消息,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量;或者,According to the second message, perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration; or,
    根据所述第二消息,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数进行测量;或者,Perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message; or,
    根据所述第二消息,基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量,所述第二测量配置是携带在所述第二消息中的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数;或者,According to the second message, measurement is performed based on parameters in a second measurement configuration, where the second measurement configuration is a parameter carried in the second message for the terminal device to perform measurement; or,
    根据所述第二消息,确定不执行测量。According to the second message, it is determined not to perform measurement.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的通信方法,其特征在于,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量包括:在所述第二消息包括用于指示基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的信息的情况下,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量;或者,The communication method according to claim 1, wherein performing measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration comprises: including in the second message for indicating that based on the first measurement configuration In the case of information that at least part of the parameters in the measurement is performed, the measurement is performed based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration; or,
    所述根据所述第二消息,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数进行测量,包括:The performing measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message includes:
    在所述第二消息不包括测量配置的情况下,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。In the case that the second message does not include the measurement configuration, the measurement is performed based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第二消息,基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量,包括:The communication method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the measuring based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration according to the second message comprises:
    在所述第二消息包括所述第二测量配置的情况下,基于所述第二测量配置中的参数进行测量。In the case where the second message includes the second measurement configuration, measurement is performed based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration.
  4. 如权利要求1至3中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第二消息,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数进行测量,包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the measuring based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message comprises:
    在所述第二消息包括第三测量配置的情况下,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分和所述第三测量配置中的参数进行测量;其中,所述第三测量配置包括附加的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数。In the case that the second message includes the third measurement configuration, the measurement is performed based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration; wherein, the third measurement configuration Including additional parameters for the terminal device to measure.
  5. 如权利要求1至4中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第二消息,确定不执行测量,包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the determining not to perform measurement according to the second message comprises:
    在所述第二消息包括释放指示的情况下,释放所述第一测量配置,不执行测量。In the case where the second message includes a release instruction, the first measurement configuration is released without performing measurement.
  6. 如权利要求1至5中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括用于指示重启定时器或继续运行定时器的信息;所述定时器基于所述第一测量配置启动,且所述定时器的运行时长为所述第一测量配置中包括的测量有效时长。The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the second message includes information for indicating restarting a timer or continuing to run a timer; the timer is based on the first measurement The configuration is started, and the running duration of the timer is the effective duration of the measurement included in the first measurement configuration.
  7. 如权利要求6所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:8. The communication method of claim 6, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据所述第二消息,重启定时器或继续运行所述定时器,并在所述定时器的运行时长 到达后,确定停止基于所述第一测量配置进行测量。According to the second message, restart the timer or continue to run the timer, and after the running duration of the timer reaches, it is determined to stop measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  8. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method includes:
    获取第二消息,所述第二消息用于终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的参数或第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的确定,所述第一测量配置为源接入网设备指示所述终端设备进入去活动态时配置给所述终端设备的,且所述第一测量配置包括用于所述终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数;Acquire a second message, the second message is used to determine whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration or the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration is the source access Configured to the terminal device when the network device instructs the terminal device to enter the inactive state, and the first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in the inactive state;
    向所述终端设备发送所述第二消息。Sending the second message to the terminal device.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息用于终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的参数或第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的确定包括:The communication method according to claim 8, wherein the second message is used to determine whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration or the parameters in the first measurement configuration, comprising:
    所述第二消息不包括测量配置,以指示基于所述第一测量配置中的参数进行测量;或者,The second message does not include the measurement configuration to instruct to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration; or,
    所述第二消息包括用于指示是否基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的信息。The second message includes information for indicating whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  10. 如权利要求8或9所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括第二测量配置,所述第二测量配置包括用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数,以指示基于所述第二测量配置中的参数进行测量。The communication method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the second message includes a second measurement configuration, and the second measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement to indicate the The parameters in the second measurement configuration are measured.
  11. 如权利要求8至10中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括第三测量配置,所述第三测量配置包括附加的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数,以指示基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分和所述第三测量配置中的参数进行测量。The communication method according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the second message includes a third measurement configuration, and the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement , To indicate to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration.
  12. 如权利要求8至11中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括释放指示,以指示释放所述第一测量配置,不执行测量。The communication method according to any one of claims 8 to 11, wherein the second message includes a release instruction to instruct to release the first measurement configuration without performing measurement.
  13. 如权利要求8至12中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括用于指示重启定时器或继续运行定时器的信息;所述定时器基于所述第一测量配置启动,且所述定时器的运行时长为所述第一测量配置中包括的测量有效时长。The communication method according to any one of claims 8 to 12, wherein the second message includes information for indicating restarting a timer or continuing to run a timer; the timer is based on the first measurement The configuration is started, and the running duration of the timer is the effective duration of the measurement included in the first measurement configuration.
  14. 如权利要求8至13中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述获取第二消息,包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 8 to 13, wherein said acquiring the second message comprises:
    基于从源接入网设备接收到的终端设备的上下文,生成所述第二消息。Generate the second message based on the context of the terminal device received from the source access network device.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The communication method of claim 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述源接入网设备的时间信息,所述时间信息用于确定所述终端设备基于所述第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长。Receiving time information from the source access network device, where the time information is used to determine the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述时间信息具体指示以下一项或多项:The communication method according to claim 15, wherein the time information specifically indicates one or more of the following:
    所述源接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一测量配置的时刻;The moment when the source access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device;
    所述源接入网设备基于所述第一测量配置中的测量有效时长确定的剩余时长;以及The remaining duration determined by the source access network device based on the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration; and
    基于所述第一测量配置进行测量的已用时长。The elapsed time of measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  17. 如权利要求15或16所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述时间信息携带在所述终端设备的上下文中。The communication method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the time information is carried in the context of the terminal device.
  18. 如权利要求14至17中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备的上下文中还包括所述第一测量配置中的至少部分参数。The communication method according to any one of claims 14 to 17, wherein the context of the terminal device further includes at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  19. 如权利要求8至18中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述获取第二消息,包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 8 to 18, wherein said acquiring the second message comprises:
    接收来自源接入网设备的上下文获取失败消息,所述上下文获取失败消息中携带所述第二消息,所述上下文获取失败消息用于指示对所述终端设备的上下文获取失败。Receiving a context acquisition failure message from a source access network device, where the context acquisition failure message carries the second message, and the context acquisition failure message is used to indicate that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述上下文获取失败消息中还包括第二测量配置或第三测量配置,所述第二测量配置包括用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数,所述第三测量配置中包括附加的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数。The communication method according to claim 19, wherein the context acquisition failure message further includes a second measurement configuration or a third measurement configuration, and the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement , The third measurement configuration includes additional parameters used for measurement by the terminal device.
  21. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method includes:
    生成第二消息,所述第二消息用于是否基于第一测量配置中的参数或是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的确定,所述第一测量配置是指示终端设备进入去活动态时配置给所述终端设备的,且所述第一测量配置包括用于所述终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数;A second message is generated, and the second message is used to determine whether to perform measurement based on parameters in the first measurement configuration or based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration is to instruct the terminal device to enter Configured for the terminal device in the active state, and the first measurement configuration includes parameters used for the terminal device to perform measurement in the inactive state;
    通过目标接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述第二消息。Sending the second message to the terminal device through the target access network device.
  22. 如权利要求21所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息用于是否基于第一测量配置中的参数或是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的确定包括:所述第二消息不包括测量配置,以指示基于所述第一测量配置中的参数进行测量;或者,The communication method according to claim 21, wherein the second message is used to determine whether to perform measurement based on parameters in the first measurement configuration or whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, comprising: said The second message does not include the measurement configuration to instruct to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration; or,
    第二消息包括用于指示基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的信息。The second message includes information for instructing to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  23. 如权利要求21或22所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括第二测量配置,所述第二测量配置包括用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数,以指示基于所述第二测量配置中的参数进行测量。The communication method according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the second message includes a second measurement configuration, and the second measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement to indicate the The parameters in the second measurement configuration are measured.
  24. 如权利要求21至23中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括第三测量配置,所述第三测量配置包括附加的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数,以指示基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分和所述第三测量配置中的参数进行测量。The communication method according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the second message includes a third measurement configuration, and the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement , To indicate to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration.
  25. 如权利要求21至24中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息用于是否基于第一测量配置中的参数或是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的确定包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 21 to 24, wherein the second message is used for whether to perform measurement based on parameters in the first measurement configuration or whether to perform measurements based on at least some parameters in the first measurement configuration The determination includes:
    所述第二消息包括释放指示,以指示释放所述第一测量配置,不执行测量。The second message includes a release instruction to instruct to release the first measurement configuration without performing measurement.
  26. 如权利要求21至25中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括用于指示重启定时器或继续运行定时器的信息;所述定时器基于所述第一测量配置启动,且所述定时器的运行时长为所述第一测量配置中包括的测量有效时长。The communication method according to any one of claims 21 to 25, wherein the second message includes information for indicating restarting the timer or continuing to run the timer; the timer is based on the first measurement The configuration is started, and the running duration of the timer is the effective duration of the measurement included in the first measurement configuration.
  27. 如权利要求21至26中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述通过目标接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述第二消息,包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 21 to 26, wherein the sending the second message to the terminal device through a target access network device comprises:
    向所述目标接入网设备发送上下文获取失败消息,所述上下文获取失败消息中包括所述第二消息,所述上下文获取失败消息用于指示对所述终端设备的上下文获取失败,所述第二消息是发送给所述终端设备的消息。Send a context acquisition failure message to the target access network device, the context acquisition failure message includes the second message, and the context acquisition failure message is used to indicate that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails, and the first The second message is a message sent to the terminal device.
  28. 如权利要求27所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述上下文获取失败消息中还包括第二测量配置或第三测量配置,所述第二测量配置包括用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数,所述第三测量配置包括附加的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数。The communication method according to claim 27, wherein the context acquisition failure message further includes a second measurement configuration or a third measurement configuration, and the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement , The third measurement configuration includes additional parameters used for measurement by the terminal device.
  29. 如权利要求1至28中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息为用于释放无线资源控制RRC连接的消息。The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 28, wherein the second message is a message used to release a radio resource control RRC connection.
  30. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    生成时间信息,所述时间信息用于确定终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长,该第一测量配置是指示终端设备进入去活动态时配置给终端设备的,且该第一测量配置包括用于该终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数;Time information is generated, and the time information is used to determine the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, the first measurement configuration is configured to the terminal device when the terminal device enters the inactive state, and the first measurement configuration Including the parameters used for the terminal device to measure in the inactive state;
    向目标接入网设备发送该时间信息。Send the time information to the target access network device.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述时间信息具体指示以下一项或多项:The communication method according to claim 30, wherein the time information specifically indicates one or more of the following:
    源接入网设备向终端设备发送第一测量配置的时刻;源接入网设备基于第一测量配置中的测量有效时长确定的剩余时长;以及基于第一测量配置进行测量的已用时长。The time when the source access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device; the remaining time determined by the source access network device based on the effective measurement duration in the first measurement configuration; and the elapsed time measured based on the first measurement configuration.
  32. 根据权利要求30或31所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述时间信息携带在终端设备的上下文中,所述向目标接入网设备发送时间信息,包括:向目标接入网设备发送终端设备的上下文,该终端设备的上下文中包括所述时间信息。The communication method according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the time information is carried in the context of the terminal device, and the sending the time information to the target access network device comprises: sending the terminal to the target access network device The context of the device. The context of the terminal device includes the time information.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备的上下文中还包括所述第一测量配置的至少部分参数。The communication method according to claim 32, wherein the context of the terminal device further includes at least part of the parameters of the first measurement configuration.
  34. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    收发单元,用于接收来自源接入网设备的第一消息,所述第一消息指示终端设备进入去活动态,所述第一消息包括第一测量配置,所述第一测量配置包括用于所述终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数;The transceiver unit is configured to receive a first message from a source access network device, the first message instructing the terminal device to enter an inactive state, the first message including a first measurement configuration, and the first measurement configuration including Parameters measured by the terminal device in the inactive state;
    处理单元,用于根据所述第一消息,进入去活动态,并基于所述第一测量配置进行测量;A processing unit, configured to enter an inactive state according to the first message, and perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration;
    所述收发单元还用于向目标接入网设备发送用于恢复无线资源控制RRC连接的请求,并接收来自所述目标接入网设备的第二消息,所述第二消息指示所述终端设备进入去活动态或空闲态;以及The transceiver unit is further configured to send a request for restoring a radio resource control RRC connection to a target access network device, and receive a second message from the target access network device, the second message indicating the terminal device Enter the inactive or idle state; and
    所述处理单元还用于:The processing unit is also used for:
    根据所述第二消息,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量;或者,According to the second message, perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration; or,
    根据所述第二消息,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数进行测量;或者,Perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message; or,
    根据所述第二消息,基于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量,所述第二测量配置是携带在所述第二消息中的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数;或者,According to the second message, measurement is performed based on parameters in a second measurement configuration, where the second measurement configuration is a parameter carried in the second message for the terminal device to perform measurement; or,
    根据所述第二消息,确定不执行测量。According to the second message, it is determined not to perform measurement.
  35. 如权利要求34所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述根据所述第二消息,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量包括:在所述第二消息包括用于指示基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的信息的情况下,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量;或者,The communication device according to claim 34, wherein the measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message comprises: the second message includes In the case of information indicating measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, measurement is performed based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration; or,
    所述根据所述第二消息,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数进行测量,包括:The performing measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message includes:
    在所述第二消息不包括测量配置的情况下,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数进行测量。In the case that the second message does not include the measurement configuration, the measurement is performed based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  36. 如权利要求34或35所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述根据所述第二消息,基 于第二测量配置中的参数进行测量,包括:The communication device according to claim 34 or 35, wherein the measuring based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration according to the second message comprises:
    在所述第二消息包括所述第二测量配置的情况下,基于所述第二测量配置中的参数进行测量。In the case where the second message includes the second measurement configuration, measurement is performed based on the parameters in the second measurement configuration.
  37. 如权利要求34至36中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述根据所述第二消息,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数进行测量,包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 34 to 36, wherein the measuring based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration according to the second message comprises:
    在所述第二消息包括第三测量配置的情况下,基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分和所述第三测量配置中的参数进行测量;其中,所述第三测量配置包括附加的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数。In the case that the second message includes the third measurement configuration, the measurement is performed based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration; wherein, the third measurement configuration Including additional parameters for the terminal device to measure.
  38. 如权利要求34至37中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述根据所述第二消息,确定不执行测量,包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 34 to 37, wherein the determining not to perform measurement according to the second message comprises:
    在所述第二消息包括释放指示的情况下,释放所述第一测量配置,不执行测量。In the case where the second message includes a release instruction, the first measurement configuration is released without performing measurement.
  39. 如权利要求34至38中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括用于指示重启定时器或继续运行定时器的信息;所述定时器基于所述第一测量配置启动,且所述定时器的运行时长为所述第一测量配置中包括的测量有效时长。The communication device according to any one of claims 34 to 38, wherein the second message includes information for indicating restarting a timer or continuing to run a timer; the timer is based on the first measurement The configuration is started, and the running duration of the timer is the effective duration of the measurement included in the first measurement configuration.
  40. 如权利要求39所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The communication device according to claim 39, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    根据所述第二消息,重启定时器或继续运行所述定时器,并在所述定时器的运行时长到达后,确定停止基于所述第一测量配置进行测量。According to the second message, restart the timer or continue to run the timer, and after the running time of the timer reaches, it is determined to stop the measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  41. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理单元,用于获取第二消息,所述第二消息用于终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的参数或第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的确定,所述第一测量配置为源接入网设备指示所述终端设备进入去活动态时配置给所述终端设备的,且所述第一测量配置包括用于所述终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数;The processing unit is configured to obtain a second message, the second message being used for determining whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration or the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the first measurement Configured to be configured to the terminal device when the source access network device instructs the terminal device to enter the inactive state, and the first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in the inactive state;
    收发单元,用于向所述终端设备发送所述第二消息。The transceiver unit is configured to send the second message to the terminal device.
  42. 如权利要求41所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二消息用于终端设备是否基于第一测量配置中的参数或第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的确定包括:The communication device according to claim 41, wherein the second message is used for determining whether the terminal device performs measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration or the parameters in the first measurement configuration, comprising:
    所述第二消息不包括测量配置,以指示基于所述第一测量配置中的参数进行测量;或者,The second message does not include the measurement configuration to instruct to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration; or,
    所述第二消息包括用于指示是否基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的信息。The second message includes information for indicating whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  43. 如权利要求41或42所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括第二测量配置,所述第二测量配置包括用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数,以指示基于所述第二测量配置中的参数进行测量。The communication device according to claim 41 or 42, wherein the second message includes a second measurement configuration, and the second measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement to indicate that the The parameters in the second measurement configuration are measured.
  44. 如权利要求41至43中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括第三测量配置,所述第三测量配置包括附加的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数,以指示基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分和所述第三测量配置中的参数进行测量。The communication device according to any one of claims 41 to 43, wherein the second message includes a third measurement configuration, and the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement To instruct to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration.
  45. 如权利要求41至44中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括释放指示,以指示释放所述第一测量配置,不执行测量。The communication device according to any one of claims 41 to 44, wherein the second message includes a release instruction to instruct to release the first measurement configuration without performing measurement.
  46. 如权利要求41至45中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括用于指示重启定时器或继续运行定时器的信息;所述定时器基于所述第一测量配置启动, 且所述定时器的运行时长为所述第一测量配置中包括的测量有效时长。The communication device according to any one of claims 41 to 45, wherein the second message includes information for indicating restarting a timer or continuing to run a timer; the timer is based on the first measurement The configuration is started, and the running duration of the timer is the effective duration of the measurement included in the first measurement configuration.
  47. 如权利要求41至46中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元用于获取第二消息,包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 41 to 46, wherein the processing unit is configured to obtain the second message, comprising:
    所述处理单元用于基于从源接入网设备接收到的终端设备的上下文,生成所述第二消息。The processing unit is configured to generate the second message based on the context of the terminal device received from the source access network device.
  48. 如权利要求47所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The communication device according to claim 47, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    接收来自所述源接入网设备的时间信息,所述时间信息用于确定所述终端设备基于所述第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长。Receiving time information from the source access network device, where the time information is used to determine the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  49. 如权利要求48所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述时间信息具体指示以下一项或多项:The communication device according to claim 48, wherein the time information specifically indicates one or more of the following:
    所述源接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一测量配置的时刻;The moment when the source access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device;
    所述源接入网设备基于所述第一测量配置中的测量有效时长确定的剩余时长;以及The remaining duration determined by the source access network device based on the effective duration of the measurement in the first measurement configuration; and
    基于所述第一测量配置进行测量的已用时长。The elapsed time of measurement based on the first measurement configuration.
  50. 如权利要求48或49所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述时间信息携带在所述终端设备的上下文中。The communication device according to claim 48 or 49, wherein the time information is carried in the context of the terminal device.
  51. 如权利要求47至50中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述终端设备的上下文中还包括所述第一测量配置中的至少部分参数。The communication device according to any one of claims 47 to 50, wherein the context of the terminal device further includes at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  52. 如权利要求41至51中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元用于获取第二消息,包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 41 to 51, wherein the processing unit is configured to obtain the second message, comprising:
    所述收发单元接收来自源接入网设备的上下文获取失败消息,所述上下文获取失败消息中携带所述第二消息,所述上下文获取失败消息用于指示对所述终端设备的上下文获取失败;The transceiver unit receives a context acquisition failure message from the source access network device, the context acquisition failure message carries the second message, and the context acquisition failure message is used to indicate that the context acquisition of the terminal device fails;
    所述处理单元从所述上下文获取失败消息获得所述第二消息。The processing unit obtains the second message from the context acquisition failure message.
  53. 如权利要求52所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述上下文获取失败消息中还包括第二测量配置或第三测量配置,所述第二测量配置包括用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数,所述第三测量配置中包括附加的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数。The communication device according to claim 52, wherein the context acquisition failure message further includes a second measurement configuration or a third measurement configuration, and the second measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement , The third measurement configuration includes additional parameters used for measurement by the terminal device.
  54. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理单元,用于生成第二消息,所述第二消息用于是否基于第一测量配置中的参数或是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的确定,所述第一测量配置是指示终端设备进入去活动态时配置给所述终端设备的,且所述第一测量配置包括用于所述终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数;The processing unit is configured to generate a second message for determining whether to perform measurement based on parameters in the first measurement configuration or based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, the first measurement configuration being Indicating that the terminal device is configured to the terminal device when it enters the inactive state, and the first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in the inactive state;
    收发单元,用于通过目标接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述第二消息。The transceiver unit is configured to send the second message to the terminal device through the target access network device.
  55. 如权利要求54所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二消息用于是否基于第一测量配置中的参数或是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的确定包括:所述第二消息不包括测量配置,以指示基于所述第一测量配置中的参数进行测量;或者,The communication device according to claim 54, wherein the second message is used to determine whether to perform measurement based on parameters in the first measurement configuration or whether to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration, comprising: said The second message does not include the measurement configuration to instruct to perform measurement based on the parameters in the first measurement configuration; or,
    第二消息包括用于指示基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分进行测量的信息。The second message includes information for instructing to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration.
  56. 如权利要求54或55所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括第二测量配置,所述第二测量配置包括用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数,以指示基于所述第二测 量配置中的参数进行测量。The communication device according to claim 54 or 55, wherein the second message includes a second measurement configuration, and the second measurement configuration includes a parameter for the terminal device to perform measurement to indicate that the The parameters in the second measurement configuration are measured.
  57. 如权利要求54至56中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括第三测量配置,所述第三测量配置包括附加的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数,以指示基于所述第一测量配置中的参数中的至少部分和所述第三测量配置中的参数进行测量。The communication device according to any one of claims 54 to 56, wherein the second message includes a third measurement configuration, and the third measurement configuration includes additional parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement To instruct to perform measurement based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration and the parameters in the third measurement configuration.
  58. 如权利要求54至57中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二消息用于是否基于第一测量配置中的参数或是否基于第一测量配置中的至少部分参数进行测量的确定包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 54 to 57, wherein the second message is used for whether to perform measurement based on parameters in the first measurement configuration or whether to perform measurements based on at least part of the parameters in the first measurement configuration The determination includes:
    所述第二消息包括释放指示,以指示释放所述第一测量配置,不执行测量。The second message includes a release instruction to instruct to release the first measurement configuration without performing measurement.
  59. 如权利要求54至58中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二消息包括用于指示重启定时器或继续运行定时器的信息;所述定时器基于所述第一测量配置启动,且所述定时器的运行时长为所述第一测量配置中包括的测量有效时长。The communication device according to any one of claims 54 to 58, wherein the second message includes information for indicating restarting the timer or continuing to run the timer; the timer is based on the first measurement The configuration is started, and the running duration of the timer is the effective duration of the measurement included in the first measurement configuration.
  60. 如权利要求54至59中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元用于通过目标接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述第二消息,包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 54 to 59, wherein the transceiver unit is configured to send the second message to the terminal device through a target access network device, comprising:
    所述收发单元用于向所述目标接入网设备发送上下文获取失败消息,所述上下文获取失败消息中包括所述第二消息,所述上下文获取失败消息用于指示对所述终端设备的上下文获取失败,所述第二消息是发送给所述终端设备的消息。The transceiver unit is configured to send a context acquisition failure message to the target access network device, the context acquisition failure message includes the second message, and the context acquisition failure message is used to indicate the context of the terminal device The acquisition fails, and the second message is a message sent to the terminal device.
  61. 如权利要求60所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述上下文获取失败消息中还包括第二测量配置或第三测量配置,所述第二测量配置包括用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数,所述第三测量配置包括附加的用于所述终端设备进行测量的参数。The communication device according to claim 60, wherein the context acquisition failure message further includes a second measurement configuration or a third measurement configuration, and the second measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement , The third measurement configuration includes additional parameters used for measurement by the terminal device.
  62. 如权利要求30至61中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二消息为用于释放无线资源控制RRC连接的消息。The communication device according to any one of claims 30 to 61, wherein the second message is a message used to release a radio resource control RRC connection.
  63. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理单元,用于生成时间信息,所述时间信息用于确定终端设备基于第一测量配置继续进行测量的时长,该第一测量配置是指示终端设备进入去活动态时配置给终端设备的,且该第一测量配置包括用于该终端设备在去活动态进行测量的参数;The processing unit is configured to generate time information, the time information being used to determine the length of time that the terminal device continues to perform measurement based on the first measurement configuration, which is configured to the terminal device when the terminal device is instructed to enter the inactive state, and The first measurement configuration includes parameters for the terminal device to perform measurement in an inactive state;
    收发单元,用于向目标接入网设备发送该时间信息。The transceiver unit is used to send the time information to the target access network device.
  64. 根据权利要求63所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述时间信息具体指示以下一项或多项:The communication device according to claim 63, wherein the time information specifically indicates one or more of the following:
    源接入网设备向终端设备发送第一测量配置的时刻;源接入网设备基于第一测量配置中的测量有效时长确定的剩余时长;以及基于第一测量配置进行测量的已用时长。The time when the source access network device sends the first measurement configuration to the terminal device; the remaining time determined by the source access network device based on the effective measurement duration in the first measurement configuration; and the elapsed time measured based on the first measurement configuration.
  65. 根据权利要求63或64所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述时间信息携带在终端设备的上下文中,所述向目标接入网设备发送时间信息,包括:向目标接入网设备发送终端设备的上下文,该终端设备的上下文中包括所述时间信息。The communication device according to claim 63 or 64, wherein the time information is carried in the context of the terminal device, and the sending the time information to the target access network device comprises: sending the terminal to the target access network device The context of the device. The context of the terminal device includes the time information.
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述终端设备的上下文中还包括所述第一测量配置的至少部分参数。The communication device according to claim 65, wherein the context of the terminal device further includes at least part of the parameters of the first measurement configuration.
  67. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于实现如权利要求1至33中任一项所述的方法的单元。A communication device, characterized by comprising a unit for implementing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 33.
  68. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理器,用于执行存储器中存储的计算机指令,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至 33中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 33.
  69. 一种计算机存储介质或计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被运行时,如权利要求1至33中任意一项所述的方法被执行。A computer storage medium or computer program product, characterized by comprising a program or instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 33 is executed.
  70. 一种处理器,包括:输入电路、输出电路和处理电路,所述处理电路用于通过所述输入电路接收信号,并通过所述输出电路发射信号,使得所述处理器执行如权利要求1至33中任一项所述的方法。A processor, comprising: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit, the processing circuit is used to receive a signal through the input circuit, and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes as claimed in claims 1 to The method of any one of 33.
  71. 一种通信系统,包括如权利要求34-66中任一项所述的通信装置,或者,包括如权利要求34-40中任一项所述的通信装置和权利要求41-53中任一项所述的通信装置,或者,包括如权利要求34-40中任一项所述的通信装置,权利要求41-53中任一项所述的通信装置和权利要求54-62中任一项所述的通信装置。A communication system, comprising the communication device according to any one of claims 34-66, or, comprising the communication device according to any one of claims 34-40 and any one of claims 41-53 The communication device, or, comprises the communication device according to any one of claims 34-40, the communication device according to any one of claims 41-53 and the communication device according to any one of claims 54-62 Mentioned communication device.
PCT/CN2020/109064 2019-08-15 2020-08-14 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2021027907A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910755808.3A CN112399497A (en) 2019-08-15 2019-08-15 Communication method and communication device
CN201910755808.3 2019-08-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021027907A1 true WO2021027907A1 (en) 2021-02-18

Family

ID=74569398

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/109064 WO2021027907A1 (en) 2019-08-15 2020-08-14 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112399497A (en)
WO (1) WO2021027907A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024025452A1 (en) * 2022-07-26 2024-02-01 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and apparatus for measurement reporting

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116939674A (en) * 2022-04-06 2023-10-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Measurement processing method, device, terminal and network side equipment

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105191402A (en) * 2013-01-18 2015-12-23 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Adapting a mobile network
US20190037425A1 (en) * 2017-07-26 2019-01-31 Kt Corporation Methods of controlling measurement process in rrc idle mode and apparatuses thereof

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109803278B (en) * 2017-11-16 2022-04-26 维沃移动通信有限公司 Non-connection state measuring method, terminal and base station
CN109803280B (en) * 2017-11-16 2021-04-13 维沃移动通信有限公司 Measuring method and device for non-connection state user side equipment and user side equipment
CN110035567B (en) * 2018-01-11 2021-05-28 维沃移动通信有限公司 Reference signal measuring method and user terminal

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105191402A (en) * 2013-01-18 2015-12-23 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Adapting a mobile network
US20190037425A1 (en) * 2017-07-26 2019-01-31 Kt Corporation Methods of controlling measurement process in rrc idle mode and apparatuses thereof

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MEDIATEK INC.: "Mobility Failure Recovery in NR", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1903244 MOBILITY FAILURE RECOVERY IN NR, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Xi’an, China; 20190408 - 20190412, 29 March 2019 (2019-03-29), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051692518 *
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED: "UE behaviours in NR early measurements", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1905543 - UE BEHAVIORS IN NR EARLY MEASUREMENTS, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Reno, Nevada, US; 20190513 - 20190517, 13 May 2019 (2019-05-13), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051729049 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024025452A1 (en) * 2022-07-26 2024-02-01 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and apparatus for measurement reporting

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112399497A (en) 2021-02-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210120528A1 (en) Communication Method, Apparatus, And Storage Medium
TWI812691B (en) A method, a network device, and a terminal device for transmitting a signal
WO2021249001A1 (en) Cell measurement method and device
WO2021018283A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2019062152A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021104192A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2020078318A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2017024890A1 (en) Device-to-device communication method, apparatus and system
KR20230122682A (en) UE capability information processing method, device, device and storage medium
WO2021218820A1 (en) Measurement method, apparatus and system
WO2022001573A1 (en) Report transmission method, apparatus and system
US20230029283A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021027907A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
TW202021390A (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
US20240098611A1 (en) Inter-secondary node conditional cell change and measurement configuration
WO2021027660A1 (en) Radio communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022040873A1 (en) Communication method, device, and apparatus
WO2021026929A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022032690A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2021062845A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021062775A1 (en) Paging message detection method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2021134367A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20170295602A1 (en) Device discovery in a device to device communication using two types of discovery
WO2024061030A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021102841A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus based on network slicing, and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20852410

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20852410

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1